3.2 - Electrical System, System Diagrams [OCR]
description
Transcript of 3.2 - Electrical System, System Diagrams [OCR]
Saab 900SERVICE MANUAL
3:2 Electrical system, system diagrams,operation and fault tracingM 1989 • 1990
aaPower supply
Engine electronics
Lighting systems
\
Accessories
Instruments and warning systems
List of components
Other systems
Windscreen and headlamp wipers
Heating and ventilation systems
3:2 Electrical system,system diagrams,operation andfault-tracingM1989 - 1990
SERVICEMANUAL
Units
The basic and derived units used throughout the Service Manual are inaccordance with the SI system. '
/'
1 kg = 2.20 Ib1 N = 0.23 Ibf
1 Nm = 0.74 Ibf ft1 bar = 14.5 Ibf/in2
1 I == 1.05 Iiq<qt
1 USgal<'7',;Q.83 U~~;~.I,'" X, Syg7
Equivalent unit ?andsymbolinch (in)pound (Ib)pound-force (Ibf)
pound-force foot (Ibf ft)pound-force per square inch (Ibf/irf)(Also abbreviated: psi)US liquid quart (liq qt)(Also abbreviated: qts)
US gallon (USgal)of
mmkgNNm
barI, (liter)°C
SI unit
1 in = 25.4 mm1 Ib = 0.45 kg1 Ibf =4.45 N1 Ibf ft = 1.36 Nm1 psi = 0.07 bar
1 US Iiq qt = 0.83 UKqtOF = °C x 9/5 + 32
1 mm = 0.039 in
Conversion factors
AT Austria GB Gr~~tAU Australia GR (jre~ce
BE Belgium IS IcelandCA Canada IT ItalyCH Switzerland JP JapanDE Germany ME Middle EastDK Denmark NL NetherlandsES Spain NO NorwayEU Europe SE SwedenFE Far East US i.4$AFI Finland UC iUS CaliforniaFR France
';t-.-
t,·
The codes refer to market specifications
Market codes
The following symbols and abbreviations are used:
For users not familiar with the SI units, some non-Continental units aregiven in brackets after the respective SI unit.
© Saab Automobile AB 1990
Production: Technical Publications, Saab Automobile' AB, Trollhiiltan, Sweden
")Contents
Contents
AccessoriesHeaqlamp beam adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288RaaTo installation 292Radio installation -US, CA 294Burglar'alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 298Burgl'ar alarm, 1989 model Convertible 302Burglar alarm, 1990 model Convertible 304
LIst of componentsComponent in numerical order 308
Introduction 4 Reversing lights 128Safety instructions 4 Rear fog lights, 1989 model 132Wiring diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Rear fog lights, 1990 model 134Cable codes 5 Direction indicators, hazard warning lights -Abbreviations 5 SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU 138Using the wiring diagram 6 Direction indicators, hazard warning Iights-Using a universal instrument for fault-tracing. 8 US, CA and 1989 JP : 142Connectors 10 Lighting for controls - SE. FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU
Power supply and 1990 JP 146Positive supply 12 Lighting fohr ~ontrols - US. CA and 1989 for JP .. 115504
Electrical distribution box 12 Interior Iightmg 'b' .Relays 13 ~Iterior Iig ting - c~~ve~lle. i~~Fuses , . . 14 Love compartment I u~llma~lon 164
Extra electrical distribution box (Convertible) . 15 uggage compartment I ummatlon .Ignition switch and positive supplies. . . . . . . . . . . 15 Windscreen and headlamp wipers
Distribution terminal +30 18 Windscreen wipers 168Distribution terminal +X 20 Headlamp wipers , 172Distribution terminal +15 22D' 'b . . I 54 24 Instruments and warnll'lg.,systems
Eartl~~~~~~~~i~~:I.~~ .~ : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: 27 Horn :' , 118706
Earthing point 3, fascia 28 Seat·belt warning lamp .Earthing point 7, radiator cross-member 30 Seat-belt and ignition key warnmg , 184Earthing point 9, luggage compartment 32 Combined instrument \ 188Earthing point 65, back seat and earthing Coolant temperature warni!(lg buzzer 198point 300, brake unit (1990 model) 34 Cigarette lighter " ,',,,., .. , .Earthing point 93, amplifier and earthing Heating and ventilation systemspoint 300, brake unit (1989 model) .36 Cooling system fan, 1989 models ............•Earthing point 117, between the ignition Cooling system fan. 1990 models " . . . .switch and the handbrake lever 38 Ventilation fan ..1.08Negative distribution terminal 158, Air Conditioner (AC) with time-delay relay .. 'h~~2in-the electrical distribution box " . . . .. 40 Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14)· ...........•........ ·f:t4 ..Earthing point 201, engine 42 Electrically heated front seats ~ 21St'
Engine electronIcs ,.,,/.'_glectrically heated front seats with rheostatSt rt' g t': ~;.~·'-;44··r- control fortliedriver's seat .
a In sys em .;..... .' 48 Electric heating for the rear window .. ","~Fuel system, carbur ngine : .';. . EI' h . ~ h . d C "'" ..CI fuel system: 1819 0 model, 1989 model- ectnc eatmg lor t e rear wm ow,..~q.r:1V~ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB 52 Other systemsCI fuel system: 18 Lambda - SE, EU. Electric window regulators ............••......1990'inodel- F1;GB 56 Electric window regulators, COlwertiblle .•c;;;:,.\cCI fuel syster:o:.1989 model T8 Lambda - EU 58 Electrically operated rear-view mirrors .LH 2.2fuel~ystem: 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 64 Electrically operated sunroof .
'LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model Ti6 - Electrically operated Convertible top.FI, I;U, GB, ME, FE ~ .. . .. . . .. . .. 66 Central locking , .
'. 'LH 2.4 fU,el system: Ti6 Lambdc:l- US, CA, AU Central locking - Convertible .·1989 model- SE" EU, JP. 116'La'mbda- US, CA, Cruise Control system ...•: .....•.......AU. JP, SE, EU ' , .. .. . 72 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) , .. ';. '" .CU14 fuel system 78 Power supply, hydraulic pressure'and)Ignition system (with tachometer) C8, 18, monitoring functions .. ; ~ ...•. ; .. '! .. '.•18 Lambda, Ti6, Ti6 Lambda 1989 model of Passive seat belts, 1989 model 278T8, T8 Lambda 84 Airbag '.' . . .. 184EZK iltnition system (with tachometer),1989 model' 88EZK ignition system (with tachometer),1990 model 90Battery-charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 94APC system 98
Ughtlng systems- Headlamps 102
Dim dipped beam - GB 1989 model 106Daylight driving lights - CA ., ',.' . . . . . . .. 110Extra fog lamps 114Parking lights 118
. Brake lights, 1989 model ................•... 122Brake lights, 1990 model ,124
Saab900
4 Introduction
IntroductionThis Service Manual deals with the electrical systems ofthe 1989 and 1990 models ofthe Saab 900.This Manual is a supplementtothe Service Manual,Group 3:1, Electrical system, Instruments.
This Manual also deals with the Saab 900 Convertible, for which some of the functions are describedseparately. Other functions are the same as on the2-door and 4-door models.
The purpose of this Manual is to facilitate fault tracing and service work on the electrical system of thecar. So each electrical sub-system, such as the ignition system, hazard warning lights, etc., is describedindividually, and a separate wiring diagram is shownfor each sub-system. Each such diagram is an extractfrom the comprehensive wiring diagram for the car.
A list of the electrical components of the car is included at the end of this Manual.
The comprehensive diagram for the entire electricalsystem of the car is presented in a separate bookGroup 3:4.
This Manual is applicable to cars delivered to allmarkets. Note that certain cars delivered to the European market, for instance, may be equipped inaccordance with the "USA specification". ThisManual should not be used for the Saab 90, Saab 99and earlier models of the Saab 900, even thoughmany of the electrical systems may be very similar.
NoteFollow carefully the installation instructions for extraequipment, since electronic and control units mayotherwise maloperate or may sustain serious damage.
Safety instructionsCautIon - arcing may cause Injull'les.Although the system voltage is only 12 V, injuries maybe caused by flash-over or fire in the car, since theenergy content of the battery is very high. Shortcircuit may give rise to very high currents.
CautIon - hIgh voltage.The ignition system of the car is of electronic type,operating at voltages of more than 30 000 V. Thisvoltage may be fatal to persons with a weak heart andpersons who have a pacemaker. So treat the entireignition system with great caution.
Before starting work on the electrical system:
• Take off your wrist-watch and any rings you may bewearing.
• Disconnect the cable from one terminal of thebattery if any electrical components are to be re.,moved. "
• Always follow the instructions and recommendations in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.
Wiring diagramsEach wiring diagram generally consists of twospreads, Le. a total offour pages. A typical exampleof a wiring diagram, explanations of the symbolsused, etc. are shown on the next spread.
On the first spread, the wiring diagram for the relevant sub-system is shown on the left-hand side, andabrief description of the operation as well as faulttracing hints are given on the right-hand side.
The second spread shows howthe relevant cables arerun in the car and where the electrical componentsare located. In addition, a picture is shown of each ofthe electrical components involved in the sub-system. A supplementary description of the location ofeach component is given on the left-hand side of thespread.
Saab900
\
Introduction 5
Cable codes Abbreviations
APC
IISATLH
AUTCCABCCCICONYDElK
The Manual includes the following abbreviations:
ABS Anti-lock Brake SystemAC Air ConditioningAIC (Automatic Idling Control) Automatic adjust
ment of the engine idling speed(Automatic Performance Control) Automaticcontrol of the turbocharger Qoost pressure
. Automatic transmissionCarburettorCabriolet (Convertible)Cruise ControlContinuous InjectionConvertible (Cabriolet)(Driver) Driver's side(Elektronische Zilndung mit Klopfkontrolle)Breakerless ignition system with knock sen-sorInjection engineIntelligent 5MB Tester(Luftmassenmesser Hitzdraht) Air massmeasuremep,-l>by means of a hot filament
LHD , Left-hand d~ve
LHF Left-hand frontLHR Left-hand rearLHS Left-hand sideMAN Manual gearboxP Passenger side, co-driver's sldeT Turbocharged engineTSI Timing Service InstrumentRHD Right-hand driveRHF Right-hand frontRHR Right-hand rearRHS Right-hand side
Example: T8 indicates that the engine is turbocharged and has 8 valves116 = 16-valve injection engine3-D = two-door hatchback (Combi Coupe)
Code Colour
BL BlueBR BrownGL YellowGN GreenGR GreyOR OrangeRA PinkRD RedSV BlackVL VioletVT White
As a general rule, each cable in the electrical systemof the car has a code consisting of three parts, asH1ustrated by the example below:
Cross-sectional area of the conductor. The crosssectional area of the conductor is specified in squaremill imetres (mm2). The current that the cable is capable of carrying is dependent on the cross-sectionalarea of the conductor.
122A GN 0.75
Item number 1 IJColour code ~ _
Cross-sectional area of the conductor, mm2
Item number. Every cable is designated by a uniquenumber, which is usually followed by a letter designation. Cables designated with the same number,e.g. 122, 122A, 122B, etc. usually belong to thesame sub-system.
Colour code. The following colour codes are used in. the wiring diagrams as well asin the comprehensivewiring diagrams. The colour codes can also be usedin various combinations, e.g. BURD, GUVT, etc.
Saab900
Saab900
Fault-tracing hintsAlways lake the following mea5\Jres before fault-lracing in the APe S)'Slem:
1. Disconnect the connector from the conuol unit.2. DiSConnect the connector from the component
which is suspected to be fault)'.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check the wifing ror anyopen circuits. etc.
Most of the earthing points in the carhave a component number, and each ofthe various earthing points in each diagram is marked with the appropriatenumber. The locations of the earthingpoints with component numbers arespecified in the section of this Manualentitled "Earth connections".
"",.equipbyw.contaboost
Operatlon
Components and cables underlined with blue or enclosed within a blue frame are only included on carsfor a specific market, etc. The markets are specifiedby abbreviations, e.g. CA for Canada,,,in accordancewith the list of abbreviations on page 2. (In thisexample, component 233 is included only on carswith the Cruise Control system.) .
Component number. Every component has an identitynumber adjacent to the symbol for that particularcomponent on the wiring diagram. The same numberis also used in the comprehensive wiring diagram forthe car.. ln addition, the component number is given:
• inthe description of the location of the component
• at the place in the car where the component islocated
• on the appropriate exterior picture of the component.
The engine Is equipped with an Automalic Perlorm·anceControl (APe) system. Which enablestheenglneto adjust itself automallcally 10 the grade of luelsupplied to it at any particular time.
The APe system is conlrolled by control unit 177.which Is supplied 1+54) from fuse 10. The unit re.ceives signals from various sensors. processes thesignals and then controls the boost pressure olllletulbochargervia solenoid valve 179.
Th.".'r-----------------------I..
:;: A = crimped connectionlbran9h-off point directly inV the cable harness. .....
The SISplifier 146 are fed continuously Into the con.tern ami. On IhIt Mc:I.o:; nt Ihp. p.lp.ctril".al F:ipn.:>.lc ...tIo!unlt.... utllllhf!nl".tU'IlmlF:lhA!<I\I/>f'Inirt""'I ...""".."".~"" The cable code consists of:
. e Item number of the cable (see under the headingCable codes on the preceding spread)
• Colour code of the cable, consisting of letter combinations in accordance with the table on the preceding spread
III Cross-sectional area of the conductor in mm2
1:73
rh~·75
."$'11.5
177
-187
ngdlagram
If "+30" for instance, is shown above afuse, this denotes that the supply fromthe battery to the relevant fuse is described in the section entitled "Positivesupply, Distribution terminal +30".
Spread 1
APCsystem
In the wiring diagrams, every sub-systemis generally shown from the appropriatefuse in the electrical distribution box, upto each consumer or sub-system, andthen to the appropriate earthing point(chassis connection).
The supply to each fuse is shown separately in the section entitled Positivesupply, which also deals with the electrical distribution box, ignition switch, etc.of the car.
spreads for a sub-system - in thisor lighting - is shown below, together
fions of the designations used, etc.
:therwise specified, switches are shown intiJated condition and relays in de-energised
.0I'1dition.+30I
LB
Introduction.
<Spread 2
Componentslocations of components1 Earthingpoinlon the radiatOfcross-member
22A FusehoJderin the electrical diSUibutionbol. lntheeo.gine compartment. on the left-hand wheelhousing
29 .Brake light switchal the brake pedal
59 2·poleconneclorinthe enginecompanmenl. oothe left·handwheel housing
93 EaMing poii'll on the left·hanlJ wheel housingmember
146 Amplifier for the elecuonic jgnnion systemin the engine compartment. forward ot theleft·hand wheel housing
152A 29·poIe white conneclor1S2e 29·pole black connector
in the electrical distribution bOll. In the en·gine compartment, on the left·handhousing•• The. tonneClors af
Knock sensoron the engine. below the inlake manifold
179 Solenoid valve'on Ihe radiator fan casing
180 Pressure transmitter. 'under the fascia. to the left of the steeringCOlum~ lbehind the knee shield)
187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Controlin Ihe engine compartment. forward of lheleft·hand wheel hOUsing
233 Vacuum swilchIn the engine compartment. on the left·handwheel housing
-rtl.....~~~
-".
Saab900
Saab900
Voltage measurement
The ohmmeter is used for carrying out measurementsin cable harnesses and on connectors, switches andcontacts. An ohmmeter must not be used for measurements on components or relays containing semiconductors, such as control units, time delay relays,etc.
Since the ohmmeter incorporates a battery whichenergises the cirClJi.tto be measured, the battery ofthe car should be disconnected while measurementis in progress. This will ensure that no current isalready flowingthrdtighthe relevant circuit and thatthe correct readingwillbe obtained.
Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter to areliable earthing point on the car or directly tothe negative pole of the battery.
Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to thepoint in the circuit at which you wish to measurethe voltage.
If a reading is obtained on the voltmeter, thisindicates that current is flowing to the relevantpoint. The voltage reading should not deviate bymore than 1 volt from the measured battery voltage. A deviation greater than 1 volt indicates afau It. One of the reasons may be poor contact ata connection to some component or in a connector. Carry out further measurements in thecircuit to pin-point the location of the fault.
1.
2.
Checking the voltage drop
This measurement is carried out to determinewhether the voltage drop is too high, e.g. along acab!~orapross a switch.
1. Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to theend of the cable or the side of the switch whichis nearest to the battery.
2. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter tothe other end of the cable.
3. When the circuit is energised, i.e. when currentflows through it, the voltmeter will show thedifference in voltage between the two points. Ifthe circuit is in good condition, the voltage dropshould not be greater than about 1 V. In simplecircuits, such as across connectors and shortcables, the voltage dr.op should not exceedabout 0.5 V.
Using a universal instrument forfault-tracingMeasuring equipment
A voltmeter and an ohmmeter are suitable instruments for fault-tracing in the car.
Use a voltmeter for measuring the voltage at variouspoints in a circuit. If the voltmeter is of analog type, itshould have an internal resistance of at least200000hmN.
8 Introduction
3.L
(
Introduction
Using an ohmmete
1. Hold the ohmmeter cables in contact with oneanother. Adjust the ohmmeter until the readingisOohm.
2. Remove the fuse which has blown, and disconnect the load and the battery.
3. Connect one of the ohmmeter leads to the fuseterminal pin on the load side.
4. Connect the other ohmmeter h~ad to a reliableearthing point in the car.
5. Move the relevant cable harness while observing the ohmmeter. Start at the electrical distribution box and then move out towards the appropriate components/load. Ifthe ohmmeter readsinfinite resistance, there is no short circuit. Onthe other hand, if it reads low resistance or noneat all, this indicates that the cable is short-circuited to earth.
Checking for open-circuitUse an ohmmeter
1. Hold the ohmmete"r cables in contact with oneanother. Adjust the ohmmeter until the readingisOohm.
2. Disconnect the battery of the car.
3. Connect one lead of the ohmmeter to one end ofthe cable to be tested.
4. Connect the other ohmmeter lead to the otherend of the cable.
5. If the ohmmeter reads a low resistance or noneat all, this indicates that the cable is in goodcondition.
(lhecking for short-circuit to earth,rt.{Sll1g a voltmeter
Remove the fuse which has blown and disconnect the load.
Connect the voltmeter across the fuse terminalpins in the fuse box.
Move the relevant cable harness while observing the voltmeter. Start at the electrical distribution box and then continue out towards the relevant components/load. If a voltmeter reading isobtained, this indicates that the cable isshort-circuited to earth.
Saab900
10 Introduction
ConnectorsThe table below shows examples ofthe connectorsincluded in the car. If a new connector must be fittedin the engine compartment, bear innifhd that it mustbe of hose-proof design.
The three connectors designated 152A, 1528 and152C are discussed under the heading Positive supply, Electrical distribution box.
Componentnumber-
Number' .ofplqs Appearance
Not hose-proof Hose-proof
57
58
59
60
67
98
122
123
3
12
2
1
6
10
8
4
292929
Saab900
Crimped connections
To reduce the number of connectors and improve thecontact properties, many connections are crimped(distribution block 192). An illustration of the appearance of a crimped connector and the symbolused for it on the wiring diagrams are shown to theright.
Introduction 11
Saab900
12 Positive Supply
S II e supplyThe +12 V supply of the cari'~r;;distrjbuted to thevarious consumers, etc. acrossan'electrical distribution box.
Electrical distribOliioi;j,lI'iii.The electrical distribution box is easily. accessibleand is located under the bonnet, on theleft~hand
wheel housing. All ofthe fuses and mosfofthe relaysare located in the electrical distribution box.
Item L in the drawing ofthe electrical distribution boxis the socket for the Timing Service Instrument (TSI)and item M is the holder for spare fuses.
FiV~ble harnesses are connected to the electricaldistri, ution box. The front and rear cable harnessesin e engine compartment are connected directly tothe electrical distribution box, whereas the cables tothe fascia and to the rear of the car are connectedacross three 29-pole connectors designated 152A,152B and 152C. These are permanently mounted onthe bulkhead between the engine compartment andthe interior of the car.
To enable the~e,~~r~e connectors to be easily distinguished, they are co.lour-coded.
152A = White152B = Red152C = Black
The picture below shows the locations of the pins inthe connectors, viewed from the interior of the car.
Saab900"
RelaysThe following tables show the locations of the relaysin the electrical distribution box. In addition to therelays in the electrical distribution box, several otherrelays are located in different places in the car. Thelocations of these relays are specified in the corresponding sub-system descriptions.
Europe and other markets
Positive supply 13
Relay Componentlocation number
Function Remarks
A, B 8 Headlamp full beam anddipped beam
C 113 Heater element for the With timing function on certainrear window markets
DE 21 Ignition switchF, G 102 Fuel pump T8, T8 Lambda (1989 model)
18, 18 Lambda (1990 model)G 102 Fuel pump (1989 model) 18, 18 Lambda (M1989)
Radiator fan (1990 model) With timing function for certainmarkets (1990 model)
H 156 AC compressor Air conditioningJ 155 Radiator fan for AC Air conditioningK 68 Horn
USA, Canada and 1989 forJapan
Relay Component Function Remarkslocation number
A, B 8 Headlamp full beam anddipped beam
C 113 Heater element for the With timing function on certainrear window markets
D 107 Extra fog lampsE 21 Ignition switchF 174 Daylight driving lights (CA)H 156 AC compressor Air conditioningJ 155 Radiator fan for AC Air conditioning /K 68 Horn
~
Saab900
14 Positive supply
Fuse Rating FunctionNo.
Rating
10A15A20A25A30A
Hazarcj.warflibg Ii~btsInterior lighting, clock, radio, electrically operateda~ri.~I, luggage compartment illuminationHeater element for the rear windowFuel pumpBrake lights, ABS system (1990model)Passive seat belts (1989 model)Passive seat belts (1989 model)
When the fuse has been removed, it will be clearlyvisible whether or not the fuse wire has melted.
ThE! fuses are of blade type and, together with theconnectors used, cause a lower voltage drop in thesystem than the earlier fuse type. In addition, thefuses are more resistant to corrosion.
Colour-coding of the blade fuses:
RedBlueYellowTransparentGreen
Checking the blade fuses
Every blade fuse has test tappings, so that it can bechecked withoufthe need for removing it from the"fuse box. If both tappings are live, the fuse is intact.
Colour
27 15A28 15A
29 20A30 20A31 15A
310D 25A310P 25A
Fuse Rating FunctionNo.
Lambda sensor preheatingRear window regulators, ConvertibleIgnition systemDim dipped beam (GB) (1989:model)Daylight driving lights (CA)Windscreen wipers, headlamp wipers,seat belt reminder lamp, buzzer forcoolant temperatureAir conditioner (AC)Direction indicators, tachometer,warning lamps for battery chargingand choke/check engine, oil pressurewarning lamps and (1990 model) SRSAirbagHeadlamp wipers, rear-view mirrors,Cruise ControlVentilation fanAPC system, ABS system (1989model), headlamp beam control(1990 model)Window regulators, sunroofElectric heating pads for the frontseats, delayed interior lights, top actuation (Conv.), seat-belt warning(buzzer)Reversing lights, cigarette lighterlighting, passive seat belts (1989model)Right-hand headlamp, full beamLeft-hand headlamp, full beam andfull beam warning lampRight-hand headlamp, dipped beamLeft-hand headlamp, dipped beamRight-hand parking light, right-handrear light, number plate illumination,right-hand side marker lightsLeft-hand parking light, left-hand rearlight, left-hand side marker lightRadio, corner lights (US, CA, 1989model JP), burglar alarm (1990model), burglar alarm for Conv.(1989/90 model)Rear fog lights, rear fog-light warninglamp, extra fog lamps (US, CA, 1989model JP)Fuel system, temperature gauge,handbrake warning lamp, warninglamp for foot brake and ABS, fuel levelgauge, speed sensorLighting'for controls, glove compartment illuminationCentral locking, burglar alarmRadiator fanHorn
24 10A25 30A26 25A
6 30A7 15A
22 10A
1 10A2 30A3 15A4 10A4 20A5 15A
23 10A
8 10A
21 15A
19 10A
20 15A
16 15A17 15A18 10A
14 15A15 15A
11 30A12 20A
13 20A
9 30A10 10A
fusesThe locations of the fuses are shown in the illustration of the electrical distribution box.
)
Saab900
Extra electrical distribution box(Convertible)The Saab 900 Convertible is equipped with an extraelectrical distribution box on the left-hand side, under the back seat.
Relay locationsA Relay for automatic window-r~gulator function
(287)8 Relay for delayed interior lighting (151)C Relay for Convertible top operation (277)D Relay for Convertible top operation (278)E Relay for seat belt/ignition key warning buzzer
(82)F Relay for burglar alarm ,(313)
Ignition switch and positivesuppliesThe supplies provided in the car are designated "+",followed by a digit combination. Some Of these supplies are live only on certain occasions, such as whenthe engine is being started or when the car is travelling.
The positive supplies are as follows: +30, +X, +15,+54, +50 and +S. The +30 supply is taken directlyfrom the battery, and the components supplied from"+30" are therefore permanently energised. Theother supplies are taken from the ignition switch andare dependent on the ignition switch setting. Notethat the numerals In the designations have nothingtodo with the system voltage.
Positive supply 15
Ignition switchThe ignition switch has four positions:
L Locked positionP Parked positiono Drive positionS Start position
The table below shows the ignitiO'n switch terminalswhich are live in the various positions of the ignitionswitch. The incoming supply (+30) from the batteryis connected to terminal 30.
Position
Circuit closedbetween ... L P 0 S
30-X30-1530-54 -30-5030 S1)
1) Although all ignition switches have terminal S,this terminal is only used on cars destined for theU.S.A. and Canadian markets.
Example: Terminal 15 is live in the drive and start (S)positions.
The picture below shows the terminals 'ofthe ignitionswitch.
U.S.A. and Canadian markets
On these cars, terminal S is used for the ignition keywarning system. The terminal is always energisedwhen the key is in the ignition switch, regardless ofits position. .
Saab900
;~ ,;~ i-rrj:
16 Positive supply
Distribution temllnalsThe followingfour spreads showthe consumers/components that are supplied from the following distribution terminals:
• Distribution terminal +30• Distribution terminal +X• Distribution terminal +15• Distribution terminal +54
The various consumers are supplied eitherdirectly oracross fuses. . .
The wiring diagrams show all components which aresupplied from each distribution terminal. Sorriecomponents are thus not included on certain markets/versions.
No wiring diagram is shown for distribution terminal+50, since this is used only for a few sub-systems.The terminal is live only when the ignition switch is inthe start position, and this is described in the corresponding sub-system description. For particulars ofdistribution terminal +S, see the section entitled"Instruments and warning systems - Seat-belt andignition switch warning".
Saab900
Saiab900
18 Positive supply
Distribution terminal +30
RD 25.0
RD 16.0
4
ABS
290
10VT 4.0
CAB
310P
823A RD 2.5
M89: US
823 GR 2.5
10 VT 6.0
2130
15~r--------t---------+----j)5~__u10
'-'..'"'-'«on
o..l3'" 152A
280 GR 1.5 20 GR 1.5 >-__7,--",-GR,-,2"".5~_-P29 7 GR 2.5
20
30
015H 001A
US,CA,M89: JP
830
'" ~on
~ '" ~ C!....N 0
'" '" '" '" a:: a:: a::'-' '-' '-' '-' '-' '-' '-'
'" :I: '-'w ... 0 U
on '" on on on '" on
73
Saab900
'0pemtlonThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 directly tostarter motor 4, and then further to B+ on alternator2 and to distribution block 75.
From distribution block 75, supplies are then takento the following components and to fuses 24 - 31.
e Ignition switch relay 21
• Timing service instrument socket 73
• Fuel pump relay 102, control unit 200 and mainrelay 229 for the' LH fuel injection system on carspowered by the 16-valve engine. (On cars with the8-valve fuel injection engine, fuel pump relay 102is connected instead to fuse 30.)
CD Lighting relay 8
CD Light switch 10, across 29-pole red connector152B
CD Ignition switch 20, across 29-pole white connector 152A.
CD Fuses for the anti-lock brakes (ABS) 302 A.
CD Fuses 310P and 310D forthe passive seat belts oncars destined for the US market (1989 model)
CD Fuse 290 (for the Convertible top)
On cars destined for the USA, Canada and Japan(1989 model), fuse 21 for the extra fog lamps is alsoconnected to this distribution block.
Saab900
Positive supply 19
Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.
2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75 and29-pole connectors 152.
3. Checkthatthe supply to each component is live.
4. Check the relevant wiring.
20 Positive supply
Distribution termlnal-+.It
75 152A+ RD 16.0 5 GR 4.0 7 GR 2.5
29 7 GR 2.5
BL 16.0 BL 25.0
207 211
toN0a::0
152A I")
30B RD 1.5 30B RD 1.530A RD 1.5 30A RD 1.5
oa::ooI")
oa::ooI")
Saab900
678RD 0.75
5122
289
M89: US,CA,JP015H 483A
OperationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 to ignitionswitch 20, across distribution block 75 and 29-polewhite connector 152A.
When the ignition switch is set to the parked, drive orstart position, terminals 30 and X of the ignitionswitch will be interconnected. The +X supply willthen be connected to fuses 20 and 23.
On certain markets, the +X supply is also used forthe burglar alarm (connector 289) (1989 model).
Positive supply 21
fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.
2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75.
3. Check the terminals in 29-pole connector 152.
4. Check that the supply to each component is live.
5. Check the relevant wiring.
Saab900.
22 Positive supply
Distribution terminal +15
C)
20
47A,47B,47C,47F,47M,47Q
838GN/VT 0.75
306~
918GN/VT 0.5
152C
331~
123ABL RO 0.75
12(M89)123P(M90)GR/VT 1.5
AU, M89: SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,M90(I,C):SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,JP
US,CA, M89: JPM90(T): SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,JP
123NGN/VT 0.75(M89)GN/VT 0.5(M90)
123FGN RO 0.75
159
1:]102
+15
~
1
~~.....Iw~
128 GR VT 0.5
SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,AU,M90: JP
546GN/VT 1.0
667
22122A
123KGN/VT 1.0
546GN/VT 0.75
6~H-,:-.2--~~:;6200 200 200
159+15
73
~cio0:
r-l!£23""BUG~N!LV!!..!T..Jle;;.5'-----~;:====~>-lR.Q!!.l":!lll_t123 GN T 1.5 28et-......!f"'"--"'!L!!..!.-~--< '>-_~~:c!.LJd.---./
75i--!'R£!!.0--!1!l'6.0~ -E;=::a-~5!..:G~R!...:4~.0~__-< )-'7'--G""R'-'2"-'.5'--_-b294-_~~_.e;:.:._::L~~'__ _,
159+15
26 140
"l 1CB-,<
.... w ..(wu"- u:::;viw uin.:J:::; MS9 :J ...,
3 4 5
'~i A'- ~I\ 2 1 6
C8. 18, 18A, 116. 116AT16,T16A.M89:T8.T8>' -I
1~~;eVT 1.5 ~~;eVT 1.5
~~
~ .M.@Q M90 MS9
1230GN/VT 1.0
~
~ ~ ~0,..:
123MGN/VT 1.0
5 146 390 5 146 176 320~
Saab900
OperationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 to ignitionswitch 20, across distribution block 75 and 29-polewhite connector 152A in the electrical distributionbox.
When the ignition switch is in the drive or start position, the +15 supplywill betaken from terminal 15 ofthe ignition switch to the following components:
.. Light switch 10, across 12-poleconnector 58
.. Fuses 3 and 22 in fuse holder 22A
CD Timing service instrument socket 73
• Control unit 306 for the passive seat belts, across3-pole connector 57 (1989 carS for the USA market).
The following components are then supplied fromfuse 3. Some of the components are included only oncertain car variants.
5 Ignition coil146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system176 Control unit for the EZK ignition system320 Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (1989
model)390 Modulating valve, LH 2.4 Lambda (1990
model: UC)
The following components are then supplied fromfuse 22, across distribution terminal 159. Some ofthe components are included only on cars for certainmarkets, on cars with 8 or 16 valve engines, etc.
• Time-delay relay 26 for the radiator fan (1989model)
.. One half of the combined instrument 47 acrossthe red 29-pole connector 1528 in the electricaldistribution box
• Relay 156 for the AC compressor
• Time-delay relay 113 for the electrically heatedrear window
• Carburettor float chamber valve 114
• Carburettor fuel shut-off valve 140
• Control unit 200 for the LH fuel system (6-poleconnector 67 in the engine compartment, to theright beside the air intake)
• Fuel pump relay 102 (18, 1989 T8). On turbocharged cars, the relay is connected across boostpressure switch 144.
Positive supply 23
Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.
2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75 and29-pole connectors 152.
3. Set the ignition switch to the drive position andcheck that the supply from fuse 22 is live.
4. Check the relevant wiring.
Saab900
'J
015H 503B
68
117CVT 0.5
86
llHVT 2.5
11G 11K 11L 11MVT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5
30 86
10VT 6.0
118 l1CVT 2.5 VT 2.5
11VT 2.5
75+ I-'R"",D~1,-,6,,-,.0<--- -t>_-<k---"'-='---'--"~(~"'!-:~.t;;
26
SL 16.0 St. 25.0
7 211
880GR 0.5
15
M90: US.CA.ME FE AU JP
Distribution terminal +54
24 Positive supply
75 152A+ I--'R.;;;D,-,-,16,,-,.0~ -D_-eJ,-....:5::......::G,-,-R....:4"-,.0'---O..-...:.7_G",-R,---",2.",5-D29 7 GR 2.5
20
M90: ABS
llHVT 2.5
10VT 6.0
30 86
11VT 2.5
,.---"f--'11VT 2.5
7 211
26
SL 16.0 BL 25.0
·15
M90: US.CA,FE,AU,JP
B80GR 0.5
11 VT 2.5
liE l1F. l1G 11K llLVT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5
117CVT 0.5
86
68
Saab900
fJ)perationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 acrossdistribution block 75 to:
-the contacts (terminal 30) of ignition switch relay21
• terminal 30 of ignition switch 20, across white29-pole connector 152A.
When the ignition switch is set to the drive position,terminals 30 and 54 of the ignition switch will beinterconnected. Current will then flow through thecoil of ignition switch relay 21 across whUe 29-poleconnector 152A, and the relay will be energised. Therelay contacts will close, and currentwill flowthroughthe three distribution blocks (crimped connections)to fuses 4-13 in fuse holder 22A (fuses 2 and 4-13on the Convertible).
The contacts of horn relay 68 and (1990 model)time-delay relay 26 for the radiator fan will also' beenergised when the ignition switch relay has beenenergised.
Anti-lock brakes (ABS) on the 1990 models
On cars with the ASS anti-lock brakes, fuse 10A inASS fuse holder 302A will also be energised from thewhite 29-pole connector 152A when the ignitionswitch is set to the drive position.
Positive supply 25
Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.
2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75,and check that terminal 30 of ignition switchrelay 21 is live.
3. Set the ignition switch to the drive position andcheck that ignition switch relay 21 operates.Terminal 87 of the relay should then be live.
4. Check that fuses 4 -13 in fuse holder 22A arelive (fuses 2 and 4 -13 on the Convertible).
5. Check the relevant wiring.
Saab900
Saab900
General
IIIconn""..........Ions
Earth connections 27
The car has certain earthing points which have "component numbers" and other earthing points at whichthe component is earthed directly to the chassis,such as temperature transmitters, oi I pressure transmitters, etc. The locations of the earthing points withcomponent numbers are the same in the CombiCoupe, the Sedan and the Convertible.
3 Earthing point in the fascia7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
65 Earthing point under the back seat93 Earthing point on the amplifier
117 Earthing point between the ignition switchand the handbrake lever
158 Negative distribution terminal in the electri-cal distribution box
201 Earthing point, engine (two)211 Earthing point, gearbox257 Earthing point, alternator bracket300 Earthing point, brake unit334 Earthing point for the airbag electronic unit400 Redudndant earthing point for the airbag
electronic unit
The battery is earthed by means of a 16 mm2 conductor to earthing point 7. The engine is connecteddirectly to the negative pole of the battery by meansof a 25 mm2 conductor.
From earthing point 7, a cable then runs to distribution ~rminal158 in the electrical distribution box onthe left-hand front wheel housing.
28 Earth connections
Earthing point 3, fascia
SE, FI, EU, GB, M90: JP
373 SV 0.75
312A
Lsv
O;~~I 31 10
sv 0.75L.!.124
5161
ME, FE, AU 312A
r~120'.8-",S-,-V-",0.",75,,-- -;:::==="7"" 48
215r.sv 0.75L2116
CA M89;,J,e.)
L..--"6.=..2.=.sv,-=0.,-,,75:-_ 154
~6::5=SV====,0.==75=-_153
~ 148
(~V 0.75 48
215r_$V 0.75L2116
65 SV 0.75153
62 S"/0.75154
~14831BB 0.=.......=
SV 0.75
I
1318160
SV 0.75
[~123
SE, FI, EU, ME,US, CA, JP
GB, FE, AU
373 SV 0.75
312A SV 0.75
US, CA, M89: JP
72 SV 0.75
69 SV 0.75
43B SV 0.75
193 SV 0.75
193A SV 0.75
460 SV 0.75
313 SV 0.75
615 SV 1.0
614 SV 0.5
409 SV 0.75
3186 SV 0.75
.
318A ::;;r 36
1----'-'10~7A"--""SV~2."'-5 5_L:~1 74
OlSH 272B
Saab900
Components connected
Earthing point 3 is located to the left of the steeringwheel, below the fascia, behind the knee shield (onthe front side of the instrument cross-member, behind the flasher relay).
The following components are connected (by meansof screw terminals) to this earthing point. Some ofthe components Iisted below are fitted only to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.
10 Light switch18 Combined instrument lighting23 Flasher relay25 Hazard warning light switch36 Motor for the ventilation fan38 Motor for the AC recirculation valve47 Combined instrument48 Cigarette lighter49 Clock74 Resistor (half-speed) for the ventilation fan83 Relay for intermittent operation of the wind
screen wipers88 Switch for extra fog lamps (US, CA)98 10-pole connector
110 Tachometer116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win
dow124 Switch for the left-hand electrically oper
ated rear-view mirror125 Switch for the right-hand electrically oper
ated rear-view mirror127 Motor for the right-hand electrically oper
ated rear-view mirror (across 4-pole connector 123 in the engine compartment atthe right-hand door pillar and in theright-hand door)'
131 Electronic control unit for Cruise Control132 Sensor for the speed transmitter143 Recirculation switch, AC
148
153154160161169207
Earth connections 29
Ashtray illumination (across a 2-pole connector)Lighting for the cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controlsSwitch for glove compartment illumination'Switch for the rear fog lightsSwitch, ACElectrically-heated rear-view mirrors (US"CA)
Saab900
12 (RHS)
, 12 (LHS)
9 (M90)
7
3, 118 (RHS)
8 (RHF)34 (RHS)
19 (RHS)
3 (RHS) A8 (RHF)-
282 (M90)
281 (M90)
40
280 (M90)
66 (RHS)
66 (LHS)
85 (LHS)
85 (RHS)
40 _
179
158
172
63
28 SV 1.511
29 SV 1.5 ....
11
149A SV 0.51
149 SV 0.75 " '. 22..
149B SV 0.51
149 SV 0.5 12
59 sv112 SV 2.5~ 3
889 SV 0.53
118A SV 1.0
118 SV 1.0
92 SV 0.752
57SV 31
99 SV 0.751
57 SV 3199A SV 0.75
r;:;"1
472 SV 1.0
470 SV 1.0
3 SV 2.5
59SV
112A SV 2.5~
482 SV 1.51
785B SV 0.75 1
785 SV 0.75 1785C SV 0.75 1
I 785A SV 0.75
152C[23] 785A SV 0.75 7
1,+,
BL 16.0-,
BL 25.0r.'77r;7211
Saab900
Earthing point 7, radiator cross-member
30 Earth connections
Components connectedEarthing point 7 is located belowthe radiator, on theright-hand side of the radiator cross-member. Thefollowing components are connected (by means ofscrew terminals) to this earthing point. Some of thecomponents listed below are fitted only to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.
Negative distribution terminal 158 in the electricaldistribution box is also connected to earthingpoint 7. .
Connections marked with "A" apply to cars withoutintegrated bumpers.
1 Battery11 Headlamp full beam12 Headlamp dipped beam13 Parking lights28 Direction indicator lamp, right-hand front37 Radiatorfan motor (across 2-pole connector
59 at the radiator)39 Temperature switch for: radiator fan (1990
model) .40 Horn63 Washer motor66 Headlamp wiper motor (across 3-pole con
nector 57 in the engine compartment at thecorresponding motor) .
85 Extra fog lamps118 Corner lights119 Side reversing light (RHS)158 Negative distribution terminal172 Radiator fan for the AC (across 2-pole con-
nector 59 at the radiator fan motor)179 Solenoid valve for the APC system211 Earthing point on the gearbox234 Side marker lights (RHS)280 Motor for left-hand headlamp beam control
(1990 model)
Saab900
281
282
Earth connections 31
Motor for left-hand headlamp beam control(1990 model)Switch for headlamp beam control (acrossblack 29,;pole connector 152C in the electrical distribution box in the engine compart-'ment) (1990 model)
57191 SV 0.75~SV 46~
~~J.,_ ,
~sv 101 (M89: 18,T8, T16: ME,FE)c:::........:::
262A (M90: 18,18'\)SV 1.5
262 SV 2.5 59262 SV 2.5 . '---- 1103 (18,18'\,M89: T8,T8,\,T16,T16'\)12
1323 (116,116'\,M90: T16, T16,\) .
3-0 5-0,1890 SV 1.0 14, 30, 32 (LHS)
27 (LHR)
189E sv 1.0 14, 30, 32 (RHS)28 (RHR)
US, CA, JP, M89 1890 SV 0.75 14, 30 (LHS)AU, ME, FE
L~60189ESV 0.75
109189SV 0.75
1890 SV 0.75 14, 33 (LHS)
189E
VSV 0.75 109
L~60 M89189SV 0.75
~15 (RHS)
18geSV 0.75
15 (LHS)189BSV 0.75
1890 SV 0.75 109 (M]Q)211A SV 2.5 ~ 211A SV 1.5 1/189A SV 0.75
14, 30/33 (RHS)c:::........:::
)b
2-0 4-0,
189 SV 1.0 14, 14, 30, 30/33, 32 (LHS).......---- 27 (LHR)
189SV 1.5
14, 14, 30, 30/33, 32 (RHS)28 (RHR)
015H· 253A
r. 79
Saab900
Earthing point 9, luggage compartment
32 Earth connections
Earth conn~ctiPrt~
3-D and 5-D cars
The tailgate lighting is earthed to the tailgate which,in turn, is earthed to earthing point 9 across cable211A SV 2.5 (across 3-pole connector 57 in theluggage compartment, at the left-hand air outlet).
14 Rear lights15 Number plate illumination27 Direction indicator lamps, left-hand28 .Direction indicator lamps, right-hand30 Brake lamps32 Reversing lamps33 Rear fog lights
109 High-level brake light (across single-poleconnector 60 inthetailgate, atthe left-handrear light cluster) (1989 model)
Components connectedEarthing point 9 is located under the spare wheelhatch in the luggage compartment, at the extremerear on the centre member. The following components are connected (by means of screwterminals) tothis earthing point. Some of the components listedbelow are fitted only to cars of certain versions or forcertain markets.
46 Fuel level transmitter (across 3-pole connector 57, under the luggage compartmentfloor, beside the transmitter)
101 Fuel feed pump (across 2-pole connector 59under the luggage compartment floor)
103 Fuel pump (across 2-pole connector 59 Under the luggage compartment floor)'
323 Fuel pump with integrated feed pump
2-D and 4-D cars
14 Rear lights27 Direction indicator lamps, left-hand28 Direction indicator lamps, right-hand30 Brake lamps32 Reversing lamps33 Rear fog lights
Saab900
34 Earth connections
Earthing point 65, back seat andearthing point 300, b~keunit (1990 model)
MS.9.
'853,SV 0.559 853 sit 0.5
60SV 0.5
1 2080
852 SV 0.5 59 852 SV 0.560 SV 0.5
1 208P
824 SV 1.0 13 306
122 SV 0.5
}397O804 SV 0.755
SV 0.5
122 SV 0.5
}307PBOB SV 0.75
5SV 0.5
122 SV 0.75
}3080817 SV 0.5
5SV 0.75
122 SV 0.75
}308P
,/
B31 SV 0.5 i
5SV 0.75
819 SV 2.5 87A 3110B19A
SV 2.5 87A 3120
829 SV 2.5 B7A 311PB29A
SV 2.5 87A 312P
65
M.9.O.
t-__7,-"4~2A~SV,-0",,.7::.5,-- ---,3L 299
t-__7,-"4~2B"--""SV,-0,,,,.7::.5,-- --,2,;,.. 295
-...,292 IA_..J
94
97
038
91
97
0151-1 242A65
Saab900
742 SV 1.0
300
716 SV 2.5 12
717 SV 0.75'85
717A SV 0.75 IB7
743 SV 0.75 12
746 SV 4.0 22
745B SV 0.753
998 SV 0.5 592 0 3
742 SV 1.0
m300
n765
Earth connectieJ'1s· .
Door lock, reed switch, driver's doorDoor lock, reed switch, cq-driver's doorLogic box for passive seat beltsBelt reel for passive seat belts, driver's sideBelt reel for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideMotor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, driver's sideMotor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, co-driver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, codriver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, codriver's side
312D
312P
311P
For ABS anti-lock brakes (1990 model)
291 Control unit292 System relay294 .. Pressure switch297 Hydraulic pump motor3038 Diode397 Diagnostic test socket
Earthing point 300 is located on the front ofthe brakeunit and, in turn, is earthed at earthing point 65(1990 model). The following components are connected to this earthing point:
295 ABS master valve299 ABS brake fluid level sensor
311D
308D
308P
Components connectedEarthing point 65 is located under the back seat, inthe centre. The following components are connectedto this earthing point. For passive seat belts (1989model).
208D208P306307D307P
Saab900
36 Earth connections
Earthing point 93, amplifier andearthing point 300, brake unit (1989 model)
60)
18A, T16,9: T8, T8A
MRS· TR TRA)
148 SV 0.5 13, 118 (LHS)
148A SV 0.5 13 (LHS) A27 (LHF)~
597 SV 0.5 31 26 (M89· US CA
148A SV 0.5 27 (LHF)234 (LHS)
1488 SV 0.5 119 (LHS)
648A SV 1.5 123IQIQI 145 Cllf2. 116.1)
648 SV 1.52 146 (M90: 116, 11
393 SV 1.5 r- -...,
('12
I392 SV 0.5 13 146 C8, 18,
6{ 390 ON 0.5 • I 's I T16A,M8391 BR 0.5 \, 1
6I .
) L:..._......I
487 SV 1.55 177 OJ.6_ 116A
M89 716 SV 2.5 1 291
717 SV 0.75 85 --,
717A SV 0.75 1 292 I87A_ ..J
743 SV 0.75 1 294
746 SV 4.0 2 297
7458 SV 0.753038
742 SV 1.0
rh 300-
14793
7428 SV 0.752 295
742A SV 0.753 299
742 SV 1.0
rf, 93
147300
015H 036A
Saab900
Components connectedEarthing point 93 is located at the left-hand wheelhousing, beside the amplifier for the electronic ignition system.
The following components are connected to thisearthing point. Some of the components are onlyfitted to cars of certain versions or for certain markets.
Connections marked with "A" apply to cars withoutintegrated bumpers.
13 Parking lights, LHS26 Time-delay relay for radiator fan27 Direction indicator lamp, LHF
118 Corner lamp, LHS119 Side reversing lamp, LHS145 ElK test tapping146 .Amplifier for electronic ignition system177 Control unit for APC system234 Side marker lights, LHS291 Control unit for the ASS system (1989
model)292 ASS system relay (1989 model)294 ASS pressure switch (1989 model)297 . ASS hydraulic pump motor (1989 model)3038 Diode for the ASS system (1989 model)
Earthing point 300 is located on the front of the brakeunit and is connected to earthing point 93 (1989model). The following components are connected tothis earthing point:
295 ASS master valve299 ASS brake fluid level sensor
Saab900
Earth connections 37
38 Earth connections
earthing point 117, between the Ignitionswitch and the handbrake lever
573 SV 183 (LHO)
501BR 1.0
(T16, T16'\,M89: T8, T8,\)(116,\: US, CA, AU,M89: Jp)
(CAB)
(RHO) ....0.-......
(CAB)
(US, CA, M89: JP)
(US, CA, M89: JP)
A
US, CA, ME, M89: JP)
015H 233A
2A 50157
24 SV 1.0 3
3 53168 SV 075
57 141 SV 1.0 57141 SV 1.0 r;;"1 1 64
/ "-
254
141C sv 1.0 ~ 121'-=----=-'
141A SV 0.5 98 141A SV 0.5 9 25210
141 SV 1.0 ~64}~
141C SV 1.0 ~ 121~
232 SV 0.75 31 82 (
656 SV 0.5 31 151
456A SV 1.5
456~G} 162SV 1.5 1
456C SV 1.5
456~~} 163SV 1.5 8
456 SV 1.5 IA. 456K SV 1.5 1 189iV'
456E SV 1.5
456~~} 190SV 1.5 8
456G SV 1.5
456~~} 191SV 1.5 8
510 SV 1.0 3 175
~~1 15SV 1.0 r:
L592 SV 2.5
592~G}181SV 2.5 8
592 SV 0.755 181
501A SV 1.0 57R 501 BR 1.0 57R SV3 3 183
341 SV 1.5 ~
}267343 SV 0.75
~--=-go
342 SV 1.5~
::-:roo~
677 SV 0.75 288
675 SV 0.75 12220 289
682 SV /GR 0.75 30 313
r. 7117
Saab900
163
175
Earth connections 39
Key switch for the central locking system,RH drive cars (across 3-pole connectors 57Rin the rigl1t-hand front door and forward ofthe right-hand A-pillar, beside the upper .hinge)Switch for the rear-door electric window regulatorsSwitch for the left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for the right-hand rear electric window regulatorRheostat for the driver's seat heating padTemperature sensor for the driver's seatheating padRadio connections (10-pole connector 98)Burglar alarm switch (US)Burglar alarm connector (US) (8-pole connector 122)Burglar alarm relay (CAB)
252254
313
267288289
189
190
183
191
5964
181
122151152A162
8298
121
Connections marked with "A" apply to non-adjustable, electrically-heated front seats.
53 Interior lighting switch57 3-pole connector57R 3-pole connector for the central locking sys
tem (RHD)2-pole connectorHeating pad with thermostat (across 2-poleconnector 59 under the corresponding frontseat)Seat belt/ignition key warning relay10-pole connectorSeat switch for the heating pad (across 2pole connector 59, under the right-handfront seat)8-pole connectorTime-delay relay for delayed interior lightingWhite 29-pole connectorSwitch for the driver's door electric windowregulatorSwitch for the co-driver's door electric window regulatorElectronic unit for the central locking systemSwitch for the electrically operated top/sunroof
Components connectedEarthing point 117 is located between the ignitionswitch and the handbrake lever.
The front seat must be removed before access can begained to the earthing point.
The following components are connected to thisearthing point (at the rear gear-lever mounting).Some of the components are only fitted to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.
Saab900
40 Earth connectioRS
Negative distribution terminal 158, in theelectrical distribution box
3 SV 2.5 7
13 SV 0.5 85 21
192 SV 0.542
90 SV 1.5 31 62
281 SV 0.75 2 73
81 SV 0.7589
82 SV 0.75 90
515 SV 0.75 31 104 (M89: 18, T8: ME,FE)
410 SV 0.5 31 106 ~
410 SV 0.5 31
106 }41O~1 (M89: T8A)SV 0.5 31 .
138 .
212 SV 0.53~~85 113
SV 0.5 31
26~~ 8SV 0.5 85
(CA)41~r-- 174
SV 0.5 31 102 (18,18A,M89: T8,T8A)
42~1107 (M89: 116A, T16A: US,CA,JP)SV 0.5~
I e156
113ASV 0.5 86
155
420SV 0.5
85 155 (M90: T16, T16A:113A SV 0.5 -- SE,FI,EU,GB,JP,ME,FE)015H 223
123 123 A314 SV 0.75 314 SV 0.75 ::C 126
1 3
207 CUS,CA)
854 SV 0.5 30- .,
854~Ck 1259 (M89: GB)sv 0.5 85_.J
571 SV 0.75. 591"'2'" 271 (18\M89: T8A)
rl1158
Saab900
Components connectedDistribution terminal 158 consists of a ring of flatpins and is connected to earthing point 7 on theradiator cross-member by means of cable 3 SV.
The terminal is located on the underside of the electrical distribution box. The following components areconnected to the terminal. Some of the componentslisted below are fitted only to cars of certain versionsor for certain markets.
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member8 Lighting relay
21 Ignition switch relay42 Brake warning switch62 Windscreen wiper motor73 Timing service instrument socket89 Side direction indicator, left-hand90 Side direction indicator, right-hand
102 Fuel pump relay104 Hot start relay (1989 model)106 Time-delay relay107 Relay for extra fog lamps (US, CA, JP) (1989
model). (Note: Relay 107 is not earthed atdistribution terminal 158. It is only the otherterminals of the relay socket that are used.)
113 Relay for the electrically heated rear window126 Motor for the left-hand electrically operated
rear-view mirror (across 4-pole connectors123 in the engine compartment at the lefthand door upper hinge and in the left-handfront door)
138 Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual gear-box (1989 model)
155 Relay for the AC radiator fan156 Relay for the AC compressor174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)207 Electrically-heated rear-view mirrors
Saab900
259
271
Earth connections 41
Reverse-current protection relay (GB) (1989model)Preheater for the Lambda senser (across 2pole connector 59 under distribution block75, on the right-hand side of the enginecompartment)
EadHing point 201, engine
18, M89: T8 18A, M89: T8A
95
96
99
r:--I5
1351~--'142 (AC)
173 (M89:AC)
203
347
271
322
347
389 (M90: UC)
73 (M89: AC) .
--,200'
LH 2.4 1_--120"2203
205
30 (~.PIEl73 (M89: AC)
r-;; I
176 13 1
I..!l._-,
i-I1
4 17
200 1
LH 2.41L_-I
202
203
205
271
320 (M§22
322
116A
T16A (LH 2.4A)
108A SV 0.751
401A SV 0.51
649 SV 1.5 649A SV 1.52i Y I488 GN 0.5 ol-11
67 iJ 178{ 489 BR 0.5 I;, 1
649
566 SV 0.75 SV 0.75 566A SV 0.75 5
136'-~ 562 1.0 4(1
2551 SVNT 2.5 ~ 11
1I
553 SV 0.75 2
555 SV/VT 0.75 2
552 SV 0.75 1
571 SV 0.75 59 'IT2
648 SV 1.5 2
57547 SV 0.7530
98900 SV 0.75100
I': '7 201
401A SV 0.51
566 SV 0.75 566A SV 0.755
SV 60 5621.0 . £; 124136
~ '-I551 SV/VT 2.517
553 SV 0.75 2
555 SV/VT 0.75 2
552 SV 0.75 1
571 SV 0.75 5~ 'IT2
57547 SV 0.7530
98900 SV 0.75100
959 SV 0.75
1:7201
266 sv 0.75 I
268 SV 0.75 2
499 SV 0.5
352 BR 0.75
351 SV/VT 0.75 I401 SV 0.75
401A SV 0.5
498 SV 0.5 2
1':7201
o <..Mi,FE)
2 (AC)
3 (M89: AC)
-I
176 1I
--'-I
II
2001
LH 2.21
_.J02
03
05
20 (M89)
Saab900
95
130 (ME, FE)
142 (AC)
173 (AC)-...,2001
LH 2.21
_-I
202
203
205
116
M89: T16
M90:T16, T16A (CU14)
1-233~5LS~V~0~.7~5 212 (M89: AUT: ME,FE)
1---f2!!!66LS~V!...!0!!c.7~5,--- ~1 95
1:-f2!!!681....S~V~0!!c.7~5'--- ~2 96
~40,!l1-"S~V~0~.7=-5----------142 (AC)
~40,!llA~SV~0.=-5----------173(M89: AC)
266 SV 0.75 1
108A SV 0.75
401 sv 0.75
401A sv 0.5
566 SV 0.75 r5
551 SV NT 2.5 125534;SV 1.5 III
L553 sv 0.75 2
555 SV /VT 0.75 2
552 SV 0.75 1
1:'7201
266 SV 0.75 195
108A SV 0.7513
401 SV 0.7514
401A SV 0.517
649 SV 1.5 649A SV 1.5 r;;;
57'
Y I488 GN 0.5 ., ·13
178{ 489 BR 0.5 () ~
649 SV 0.75649A SV 0.75
5
551 SVNT 2.5 125534 SV 1.5 J11
AUT 547 SV 0.75 /II 60 I
547A SV 0.75 --'15
S53 SV 0.75 22555 SVIVT 0.75 2
2552 SV 0.75 1
2648 SV 1.5 2
3
I: '7 201
1:7201
10BA SV 0.75130 (ME, FE)
401A sv 1.0173 (AC)
551 SV/VT 2.5 '27-""566 SV 0.75 566A SV 1.0 140 2001
Y 649 SV 1.0 1 CU 14 I,14 ,
534 SV 1.5 , •1
4 ISV ~ 5621.0 ~ -'23 I
136'- _-J
59 'IT271
571 SV 0.75d..=.. T16>'
98015H 352
A900 SV 0.75100 347
59547 SV 0.75 10368I: '7201
l2
Components connectedEarthing points 201 (two) are located on the enginecylinder head at the lifting lug. The following components are connected to this earthing point. Some ofthe components are only fitted to cars of certainversions or for certain markets.
Cars with 8-valve engine
95 Auxiliary air valve96 Control pressure valve99 Temperature switch II, Lambda
135 Lambda control unit142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,
AC173 Diode for the AC compressor (1989 model)203 Throttle angle transmitter for the CI fuel in
jection system, Lambda212 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,
cars with auto. transmission (1989 model)
Cars with 16-valve engine
95 Auxiliary air valve130 Radiator coolant temperature warning
switch (ME, FE)142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,
AC173 Diode for the AC compressor176 Control unit for EZK ignition system (across
3-pole connector 57/6-pole connector 67 inthe engine compartment, on the right-handside at the air intake)
200 Control unit for the fuel injection system202 Engine temperature transmitter for the fuel
injection system203 Throttle angle transmitter for the fuel in-
jection system205 Air mass meter for the fuel injection system271 Preheater for the Lambda sensor320 Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (1989
model)
Saab900
322
347368389
Earth connections 43
Connector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4 fuel injectionsystemTest connector, diagnosticsConnector, cold-starting valve, LH 2.4NTC resistor, LH 2.4 Lambda (1990 model:UC)
20
122GL/RD 2.5
122GL 1.5 AUT
122GL/RD 2.5
50
7GR 2.5
30
152A
Saab900
Starting system
4ct- -----'1.::;22:....;::GL:o...=;2.""S-< >----=..:12=2:..:-A--=G:=-L--=2;.::.S'-tJ 27 cj-__----:-=_~
015H 152A
152A
RD 25.0
122GL/RD 2.5
75+ k-~R",-D--,-1""6."'-0--l:l--....q.---,5"--,,,GR-,--,-4.,,,,0_-< >-_7",---"G,,-R...=2"".5'---b29cI------~
7
BL 16.0
Starting system
211
BL 25.0
44
rationsupply to ignition switch 20 is taken from b~ttery
ross white 29-pole connector 152A, and a supplyIe is also run directly from the battery to terminalof starter motor 4.
.en the ignition switch is turned to the start posin, the solenoid coil in the starter motor will beergised (+50). The coil will close the starting conts, so that current will flow from the battery
rough the startermotor, and the starter motorwill~rt to rotate.
matle tranmlsslonars with automatic transmission are also equippedith start inhibitor switch 77 which prevents the enine from being started when one of the gears is
engaged.
Saab900
Starting systeiiili
fault-tracing hints1. Check that terminal 30 of starter motor 4 is live.
2. Check the energising voltage to the starter motor solenoid when the ignition switch is in thestart position.
3. Check start inhibitor switch 77 on cars with au- tomatic transmission.
4. Check that the engine is earthed to the chassisof the car.
5. Check the connectors and the wiring.
Saab900
locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
4 Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)
Earthing point, radiator cross-member
>Q0" Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
60 Single-pole connector (only on cars with automatic transmission)under the centre console, between the frontseats .
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
77 Start inhibitor switch (only on cars with automatic transmission)at the selector lever
152A 29-pole white connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
46 Starting system
47Starting system
15
Saab900
4
mponents
alelm
0-
It-
IU-
ke
mt
m-
4
7., 20
46 Starting system
Locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)
Earthing point, radiator cross-member
Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
60 Single-pole connector (only on cars with automatic transmission)
>:underthe centre console, between the front'.seats
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
77 Start inhibitor switch (only on cars with automatic transmission)at the selector lever
152A 29-pole white connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
Saab900
4
Saab900
Starting system 47
48 Fuel system, carburettor engine
Fuel sy m, ca
+15I
1123KGN/VT 1.0
123MGN/VT 1.0
+15 159
382BL/RD 0.75
rettor en ne
382A BL/RD 0.75
015H 012A
Saab900
e fuel system of a car powered by a carburettorgine comprises fuel shut-off valve 140 and float
camber valve 114. The fuel shut-off valve preventse engine from running on and the float valve prents fuel vapour from escaping when the ignition isitched off.
e valves are energised across fuse 22 when thenition switch is in the start or drive position, i.e. theIves are open when the engine is running.
Fuel system, carb
fault-tracing hintsThe valves should open when the ignitit.rp~
set to the drive position.
1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supplylive.
2. Check that the supply to the fuel shut-off valveand the float chamber valve is live.
3. Check the connectors, wiring and earth connections.
Saab900
50 Fuel system, carburettor engine
Saab900
Locations of components22A Fuse holder
in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
114 Float chamber valveon the left-hand side of the float chamber
140 Fuel shut-off valveon the intake manifold
159 Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
9n-
er
Saab900 --,...-------=
52 CI fuel system: 181990 model, 1989 model- ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB
CI fuelE,
m: 18 mel, m 1-model -- FI, EU, GB
OI5H 36~
135Vi 1.0
76
33'OR 0.75
152C
13122A
+54III1EVT 2.5
135Vi 1.0
152A
79
+54 M89: AUT: ME,FEII11MVT 2.5
272A BR 0.75
122 AUT
[0;·;~ 122N GL/RD 1.5o
~ 60
Saab900
M89: ME,FEM90: FI,EU,GB
152A 1222j GLtRD 2.5
152A
104
122AGL 2.5
282A 273Gl 0.75 GN 0.75
28.BI. 0.5
M89: ME,FE
152A
96
02.5
123 eN 1 1.5
152C M89: T8
23B23ABLIRD 0.5
P 144
123F'GN/RO 0.5
""'=-~'--i>22
1231<GN/VT 1.0
261BCR/RD 1.5
/ 261 OR
+30II50GR 1.5
261AGR 1.5
102
53
Fault-tracing hintsFor further particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel system, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.
The fuel system will be energised as soon as theignition switch is set to the drive or start position.
1. Check fuses 22 and 30 and check that the supply to them is live (also fuse 13 on cars withautomatic transmission for the FE and ME markets (1989 model)).
2. Check that the supply to eaGIi component is livewhen the ignition switch is ii", the start or driveposition. Note the differences between cars withand without turbocharger (1989 model).
On cars intended for the ME and FE markets, thehot start relay must be energised when the ignition switch is in the start position (1989model).
3. Check the connectors, wiring and earth connections.
Turbo (1989 model)
On cars powered by the Turbo engine, an additionalfunction of the relay is to trip the fuel pump relay ifthe frequency of the ignition pulses should be higherthan that corresponding to an engine speed of about6000 r/min. (The relay includes additional pin 50.)
On these cars, the control signal for the fuel pumprelay is not connected directly to the relay, but iswired across boost pressure switch 144. The switchwill open if the boost pressure is too high, thus interrupting the supply to the relay and tripping the fuelpump.
'stem: 181990 model, 1989model- ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB
Saab900
Drive position
If the ignition switch is in,the drive position, fuelpump relay 102 will be energised (+15) only acrossfuse 22. .
The relay is supplied with ignition pulses from igni~
tion system amplifier 146. If the engine should stop,the pulses will cease, and the relay will then trip, thusinterrupting the supply to the fuel system components.
Ione ignition key is turned to the start position,
owing components will be energised acrosste 29-pole connector 152A:
pump relay 102
perature time switch 92
102 will be energised and fuel pump 103,is supplied across fuse 30, will start to run (onr certain markets (1989 model), also fuel feed101). At the same time, the heating coils in
'ary air valve 95 and control pressure valve 96Iso be energised.
engine is cold, i.e. if its temperature is below5°C (113°F), temperature time switch 92 will be$ed. Starting valve 94, which is energised from
inal15a of starter motor 4, will then be earthed.e valve will thus be open, and the engine will be
upplied with additional fuel during the period whene starter motor is energised (although no longeran about 9 seconds).
cuum switch (79) is used for controlling the fuelprichment during acceleration.
ntinuous Injection) fuel injection system isnical type and is used for 8-valve engines.
.11'1 is permanently energised across fuse 30fibution terminal +30, and is also supplied
tribution terminal +15 when ignition switchthe start or drive position.
ars for the Middle East and Far East (1989 model)
rs delivered to these markets are equipped witht start relay 104. The relay will be energised when
the ignition switch is in the start position and willIpulse starting valve 94, even if the engine temper(ature is above +45 °C (113°F) (temperature time(switch 92 is open).
,Cars with automatic transmission for these marketsare also equipped with solenoid valve 212, which'iraises the engine idling speed. The valve opens whenthe selector lever is set to position 0 and switch 76 isthus closed.
3B
Saab900 '
ct()r (1989 model)'~~ring column, under the,,'Knee shield)
))~~~:~,f,~),ur@~t~l1e luggage compart-
Hot start relay (ME, FE) (1989 model)in the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
Boost pressure switch (T8) (1989 model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)
Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
29-pole white connector29-pole black connector (1989 model)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing ,
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed(auto.) (1989 model)at the engine throttle housing, in the hosefor the auxiliary air valve
Relay position Fin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment
10-pole cto the Ie.fascilf{b~
Fuel feedin the fuel tc1tment floor
Fuel pump relay,in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay positions F, G (T8)or relay position G (18)
Fuel pumpin the fuel tank, under the luggage compart
w ment floor
212
F
98
159
158
144
146
152A152C
113
104
103
102
101
Locations of components4 Starter motor
on the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)
8 Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay positions A, B.
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
, 20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
'31 Reversing light switch (1989 model)under the centre console, at the selectorlever
59 2-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo at the fuel pumps under the luggagecompartment floor
60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo (1990 model) or one (1989 model) under the centre console, at the selector lever(auto.)
76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm. (1989 model)un'der the centre console, at the selectorlever
77 Start inhibitor sWitqh (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever
79 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment on the inside ofthe left-hand inner wheel housing, at thefuel filter
92 Temperature time switchat the extreme front of the engine thermostat housing
94 Starting valveon top of the engine throttle housing
95 Auxiliary air valveat the front of the engine, beside the thermostat housing
96 Control pressure valve ,at the front of the engine, on the thermostathousing
55
96 212 M1989 94
95
92
Saab900
147
IIUBm]
ystem: 181990 model, 1989 model"": ME, FE CI: T81989 model-Ill, EU, GB
146
77 79 101,103 102.L.:.:..:...:....;:..=-- -----l L..-_--..:...:...:....--=~..:..::..:....---IL...---.:.- -----l L...- -----l
e
d
)
~I .
1
~I
1
~I
e
ld
Iy
1- ,
146 79
IgIe
nIe
t-
n-8)
rt-
le
is
56 CI fuel system: 18 Lambda - SE, EU. 199Qmodel- FI, GB
CI fuel system: 18 Lambda ..... SE, EUII 1990 model ..... FI, GB
351SV/VT 0.75
"58
015H 372.C
Saab900
111-......:4:!.!1£2...!R~Dc.cO~.5~ -'- --l
M90 Q +30 +54I I
I I50, llEGR 1.5 VT 2.5
VT 0.75 20
261A
Q AUT77146
I'j-LI 363 122
7 RO/VT 0.75 GL/RO 2.5
30284A 60 284CaL 0.75 alO.5 122
GL/RO 2.5
~F l' GL/RO 2.5
27 152A
.1.'~
158261CGR 0.75
'""d'"OJ
96 0 '"" "" d'"136 z
"'""'"M90 278
'" 393 e BR/VT 0.75
" SVd-' 277E>... .!J'" 361A GR 1.5'" 92
15 17 362 BR VT 0.5
339a 353 GL 01.5 277 BR 0.75
TRK
rM8
26106
,442GL 0.5
31~
135 494 410 412RO/VT 0.5 SV 0.5 RO 0.5
12
Saab900
Fault..tracing hintsFor particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel system withthe Lambda system, see the Service Manual, Group2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.
The system includes several components that demand special care during fault-tracing and replacement. So read all of the instructions in the ServiceManual before carrying out fault-tracing work on thecomporientsand in the wiring.
"
\
1990 model
Temperature switch 97 senses the engine temperature. It opens at a temperature above +25°C(77 oF) and closes at + 19°C (66 OF). The switch isconnected ill series with the temperature timeswitch.
Vacuum switch 79 is used for controlling the fuelenrichment during acceleration. When the engine iscold, the switch will open starting valve 94. When theengine is hot, a signal is applied instead to timedelay relay 106 which actuates the control unit toincrease the fuel supply (active up to 2 minutes afterstarting). Diode 339 prevents energising of relay106:50 when switch 79 is closed.
Locations of componentsThe locations/of the components are the same for1990 model is Lambda SE, EU as for 1989 model T8Lambda EU (see pages 62 - 63).
1990 model
Temperature switch 393 opens at a temperature of55°C (131°F) and closes at +48 °C (118 OF). Thefunction of the switch is switch out time-delay relay106 at a temperature above 55°C (131°F).
Full-load enrichment is prOVided when the throttleangle is the greater than 72°. In this case, pin 12 ofcontrol unit 135 is earthed and provides a fixed timing ratio of 60%. At the same time, the AC compressor is disconnected to provide maximum enginepower. Throttle angle transmitter 203 closes the circuit between pins 1 and 2 only when the throttle is inthe idling position (throttle angle of 0°), 'and closesthe circuit between pins 2 and 3 when the throttleangle is greater than 72°.
-. Temperature switch 99 opens at +25 °C (77 oF) andcloses at +19 °c (66 oF). One of its functions is toimprove the fuel enrichment.
Connector 120 is intended for a special instrumentand is used for adjusting the timing ratio. The connector is energised when the ignition switch is fn thedrive position.
CI fuel system: 18:!bt~tffiJmaa - SItii;dEU. 1990 model - FI, GB
1989 model
TeDlperature switch 97 senses' the engine temperature.lt opens at a temperature above +45 °c(113 OF) and closes at +38 °c (100 OF). The switch isconnected in series with the temperature timeswitch.
,f)lsystem
~ the ignition switch is turned to the §~~~89Si,;starter motor 4 and temperaturetilTle'9"V\~ch 92be energised (+50). ," ,. ,
e engine is cold, Le. if its temperq~Hr~i'9,;pelow'°c (113 OF), temperature time sWit()~~~Will bed. Starting valve 94, which is e~.~.~~i§~q from
inal15a of starter motor 4, will then;bEl earthed.valve will thus be open, and tlie er;Jgine will be
, ' plied with additional fuel during the period whene starter motor is energised (although no longeran about 9 seconds).
hen the ignition switch is in the start or drive posi~
n, fuel pump relay 102 will be energised (+15)9cross fuse 22. Relay 102 will be energised and fuelwump 103, which is supplied across'fuse 30, will&tart to run. At the same time, the heating coils inguxiliary air valve 95 and control pressure valve 96will also be energised.
The fuel pump relay and the Lambda system are bothsupplied with ignition pulses from ignition pulse am
,plifier 146. If the engine should stop, the pulses willcease, and the relay will then trip, thus interruptingthe supply to the fuel system components.
J (Continuous Injection) fuel injectiol(l; 9¥~~el:Jl
exhaust emission control (Lambda) for~liJ.ls ofnical type and is used for 8-valve er;J~;i;m~9for
e. It consists basically of the cOr;J\{~mti!?nal. CI system, although it is supplern, " 'wJthment for more accurate adjustmenl0"f.uell
,ixture.
. Lambda
The Lambda equipment includes a Lambda sensor136 which continuously supplies information to control unit 135 on the oxygen content of the exhaustgases. On the basis of this information, and thesignals received by the control unit from the varioussensors and relays of the Lambda system, the CQfltrolunit adjusts the quantity of fuel injected throughtimIng valve 139. (The valve is controlled by earthing
.of terminal 15.) The Lambda sensor is heated bypreheater 271, across fuse 1.
Control unit 135 and relay 106 are supplied acrosst.he contacts of relay 102, from terminal 87.
Time-delay relay 106 is used during the startingstage and is energised (+50) when ignition switch20 is in the start position. The time-delay relay actuates the control unit and timing valve 139, to in
.crease the fuel supply to the engine.
~4
5.0
I
58 (l)1 fuel system: 1989 modeLT8 Lambda -"- BU.
4
AUT
-EU
122Gl./I'l0 2,~ •• ,
'--y--J
b2~02S
.27 152A
122GL/RO 2.5
0150 3828
on" ond "'" dlD Zo <>
~ ~
363RO/VT 0.75
361A GR 1.5
AC
284BlO.5
146IJ-LI
7
96
158
261CGR 0.75
1-~~~~7F 2840BL 0.5
m: 19 m elTS m+30 +54
I II I50 liEGR 1.5 vT 2.5
260BR 2.5
362 BR VT 0.5
353 GL 0 1.5
442GL 0.5
111-_4:::1.>.2..:;R"'0....:0"'.5'--_-'- ---'
31
17
26
351SV/VT 0.75
el
135
139
SaaIl9.QQ·
15
on
"d'5..on..,
CI
Saa6900
tion(Continuous Injection) fuel injection systemhaust emission control (Lambda) for EU is of
'nical type and is used for 8-valve engines for. It consists basically of the conventional
CI system, although it is supplemented withment for more accurate adjustment of the fuel/ixture.
I systemthe ignition switch is turned to the start positarter motor 4, temperature time switch 92 andump relay 102 will be energised (+50).
engine is cold, i.e. if its temperature is below°C (113 OF), temperature time switch 92 will bed. Starting valve 94, which is energised frominal15a of starter motor 4, will then,be earthed.valve will thus be open, and the engine will be
plied with additional fuel during the period whenstarter motor is energised (although no longer
.n about 9 seconds). .
en the ignition switch is in the start or drive posin, fuel pump relay 102 will be energised (+15)ross fuse 22. Relay 102 will be energised and fuelmp 103, which is supplied across fuse 30, will
art to run. At the same time, the heating coils inxiliary air valve 95 and control pressur~ valve 96
ill also be energised.
e fuel pump relay and the Lambda system are bothpplied with ignition pulses from ignition pulse am
Iifier 146. Ifthe engine should stop, the pulses willease, and the relay will then trip, thus interruptinge supply to the fuel system components.
he fuel pump relay includes a function_which will tripit if the frequency of the ignition pulses should be~igherthan that corresponding to an engine speed ofabout 6000 r/min. The energising supply to the fuelpump relay is routed through pressure switch 144.The pressure switch will open if the boost pressureshould' exceed a predetermined value, thus deenergising the relay and stopping the fuel pump.
I
The Lambda equipment insludes a Lambda sensor136 which continuously supplies information to control unit 135 on the oxygen content in the exhaustgases. On the basis of this information, and thesignals received by the control unit from the varioussensors and relays of the Lambda system, the controlunit adjusts the quantity of fuel injecte(l throughtiming valve 139. The Lambda sensQr is heated bypreheater 271, across fuse 1. d 01'"
Control unit 135 and relays 109 and 138 are supplied across the contacts of relay102, from terminal87.
Time-delay relay 106 is used during the startingstage and is energised (+50) when ignition switch20 is in the start position. The time-delay relay actuates the control unit and timing valve 139 to in-crease the fuel supply to the engine. .
Temperature switch 97 senses the engine temperature. It opens at a temperature above +45°C(113 OF) and closes at +38 °C (100 OF). The switch isconnected in series with temperature time switch 92.
Vacuum switch 79 is used for controlling the fuelenrichment during acceleration. When the engine iscold, the switch will open starting valve 94. When theengine is hot, a signal is applied instead to timedelay relay 106 which actuates the control unit toincrease the fuel supply (active up to 2 minutes afterstarting). Diode 339 prevents energising of relay106:50 when switch 79 is closed.
Engine speed relay 138 and throttle angle transmitter203 are used forfuel enrichment controlled by theengine speed. The engine speed must be above4600 r/min and the throttle angle must be smallerthan 72°. Pin 7 of control unit 135 is then earthedacross relay 138 and provides a fixed timing ratio of85%. At the same time, the AC compressor is disconnected to provide maximum engine power.
Pressure switch 196 and throttle angle transmitter203'are used for fuel enrichment controlled by theboost pressure. The boost pressure must be between0.25 and 0.30 bar and the throttle angle must besmaller than 72°. Pin 7 of control unit 135 is thenearthed across pressure switch 196 and throttle angie transmitter 203 and provides a fixed timing ratioof 85%. When the throttle angle is greater than 72°,pin 11 of control unit 135 is earthed across throttleangle transmitter 203 and provides a fixed timingratio of 92%.
Throttle angle transmitter 203 closes the circuit between pins 1 and 2 when the throttle angle is smallerthan 72°, and closes the circuit between pins 2 and 3when the throttle angle is greater than 72°.
Temperature switch 99 opens at +25 °C (77 OF) andcloses at +19 °C (66 OF). One of its functions is toimprove the fuel enrichment.
Connector 120 is intended for a special instrumentand is used for adjusting the timing ratio. The connector is energised when the ignition switch is in thedrive position. .
Fault-tracing hintsFor particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel system withthe Lambda system, see the Service Manual, Group2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.
The system includes several components that demand special care during fault-tracing and replacement. So read all of the instructions in the ServiceManual before carrying out fault-tracing work on thecomponents and in the wiring:
Saab900
CI fuel system: 1989 model T8 Lambda - EU 61
locations of components4 Starter motor
on the left-hand side of the engine ('intakeside)
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
8 Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay positions A and B
9 'Earthing point in the luggage compartment
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
59 2-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone in the luggage compartment, adjacentto the fuel pump .one connector 120 in the engine compartment, at the left-hand wheel housingone for the Lambda sensor, under distribution block 75, on the right-hand side of theengine compartment
60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone in the engine compartment, on theright-hand side, beside the air intakeone under the centre console, at the selector lever (auto.)
77 Start inhibitor switch. (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever
79 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment, on the inside ofthe left.,.hand wheel housing member, at thefuel filter
92 Temperature time switchon the engine thermostat housing'
94 Starting valveon top of the engine throttle housing
95 Auxiliary air valveat the front of the engine, beside the thermostat housing
96 Control pressure valveat the front of the engine, 011 the thermostathousing
Saab900
;\l!Jel system: 1989 model T8 lambda,.... EU
113
136
106
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Pressure switch for T8 Lambda (1989model)in the engine compartment, at the left-handwheel housing member
Earthing point on the engine
Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing
Preheater for the Lambda sensorin the Lambda sensor, on the exhaust manifold
Diodeforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim
Temperature switch III, Lambda (1990model)on the engine thermostat housing
Relay position Fin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment
F
393
339
271
201
203
196
159
120
135
97 Temperature switch I, Lambdaon the engine thermostat housing (1989model)Temperature switch II, Lambda (1990model)on the engine intake manifold
99 Temperature switch II, Lambda. on the engine intake manifold
100 Diode, T8 Lambdaforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim
102 Fuel pump relayin the electrical distribution box in the en-
" gine compartment, relay positions F and G(T8 Lambda) or relay position G (18 Lambda)
103 Fuel pumpin the fuel tank, under the luggage compartment floor
Time-delay relayforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim
Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
Test connector! Lambda
Lambda control unitunder the back seat, on the right-hand side
Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold
.. 138 Engine speed relay for T8 Lambda (1989model)forward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim
156
158
139 Timing valve, Lambdain the engine compartment, on the inside ofthe left-hand wheel housing member
144 Boost pressure switch for T8 Lambda (1989model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)
146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
152A 29-pole white connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior.
Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position H
Negative distribution terminal
Saab900,·
",;..
"\,I
!
103
152A152C.1~6;158159
Clfld~:I~~~~~~(9rn:1989 model T8 Lambda - EU
R1t '136 / 136~
211, L:1...:.44..::..:.:.M:..::1.:;.98:..::9 ---'
95 97 ~9
M1990
971\1I1989 593931\1I1990
203lSi\.
i46
39
nd
ni-
nd
In-
LH 2.2 fuel system 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE
2.2 m: 116 - FI, EU, GB, E,
(
t\IIft
t(
E
(
\
t
~
>z
"~.,
~
>
i3"'...,
+15II
~23K
GN/VT 1.0 .
I 221 22A
532 565GR 0.75 GN/RO 0.75
200
}Q ~ci do 0
::. ~'" '"~ 206~ ~
1 2~) 3~ ' 4If) 2 IJ') 2 10 2
" " "d d do 0!!;. a:z z'" '"'" 0
~ ~
~
'"<:
"'"'1
201
.,c:i~
>
6'"...,
Saab900
60~T--"28""4,,,-C-,,S,,-L",0.=-5---<0 284 SL 0.5
+54IIl1CVT 2.5
201
1528L:5""30"-"=SL'-'0"".5'----_-P T4] 204 GLIVT 0.5
Saab900
LH 2,2 fuel system: 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 65
22A
onCh LH Jetronic fuel injection system iSlJsedwith the 16-valve engine. LH is an.ClPpr~via
uftmassenmesser Hitzdraht (air mcis$,M;etert filament). The fuel injection system is conand supervised by control unit 200, whichs a microprocessor.
. tem receives a positive supply from fuse 22e ignition switch is in the start or drive posi-
hd a constant supply from +30 to main relayd fuel pump relay 102.
basis of the data stored in the control unit and.oming information from various sensors, theI unit calculates and controls the openingof the electrically operated fuel injection(206). The control unit receives information ongine speed by sensing the pulses from ignition
Ie angle transmitter 203 provides informatione throttle angle. The transmitter has two contactions, i.e. 0° (idling speed) and 72° throttle an-
.. perature transmitter 202 is of Negative Tempere Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuous
gine temperature information to the control unit.the event of loss of this signal, the control unitwill
ulate, by default, an engine temperature ofo °C (68 OF).
'r mass meter 205 includes a platinum filamentown as the hot filament. Regardless ofthe compo-
ition of the air and the air flow, the temperature ofe filament is maintained constant at about 100°C
bove the temperature of the intake air.
he current necessary for maintaining the temperture ofthe filament constant is controlled by meansf a bridge circuit and a sensing resistor, the voltageariation of which is directly proportional to the in
take air mass flow.
Since the filament is located in the intake air, it willgradually become fouled, which affects the measurement results. To keep the filament clean, itstemperature is raised to about 1000 °C (1800 OF) forone second. This takes place.four seconds after theengine has been stopped, provided that the enginespeed has earlier been in excess of 2000 r/min. Thisprocess is controlled by the control unit.
In the event of a loss of signal from the air massmeter, e.g. ifthe filament should fail, an emergencysystem known as the "Limp home" function in thecontrol unit will come into operation. The car canthen be driven, although its drivabi Iity will be limited.When the "Limp home" function is operative, warninglamp 47P, CHECK ENGINE, will light up. The lamp islocated in the combined instrument, and is suppliedfrom fuse 7. (The lamp can also be energised fromthe EZK ignition system.)
The engine is supplied with fuel by electrically drivenfuel pump 323 with integrated feed pump drawingfuel from the fuel tank and building up a pressure inthe fuel system. When fuel pump relay 102 is energised, the heating coil in auxiliary airv,alve 95 will beenergised. (The vaIve increases the air flow when theengine is cold.)
Test connector 204 has the following terminalS:
1 VpltSlgE? to the test connector2 "Limp home" (CHECK ENGINE)
Fault..tracing hintsWhen fault-tracing in the wiring for the fuel system,always observe the following:
1. Always disconnect the 25-pole connector on thecontrol unit and the connector on the air massmeter. N.B. These two components can easilybe seriously damaged if measurements are carried out on their terminal pins.
2. Always disconnect the connection to the suspected component.
3. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.
Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuses 7 and 22, and checking that the supply to themis live.
For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.
Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is important for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performance of the system may be disturbed.
. locations of componentsThe locations ofthe components are the same for allvariants of LH 2.2 fuel system (see pages 70 - 71).
'66 LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE
2.2 fuel, E,
el T16--
+15II
'23KGN/VT 1.0
7 211559RD 2.5
75
0150 332r
Saab900
559A RO 2.5
'" '" iQ iQ'" 0 t-o 0 0 d "!I- D D 0 I-0:
~ '" >~ iii zm
m<:>
'" ~on
~>t--,2",8",4C,-,8",L,-,0,,",S,,---<O 284 8L O.S EJ146
201201
+54IIl1CVT 2.5
'" ont-o '" t-
I-d 0l- I->
-' ~ s! <5 '"m > lD
0'" ;li "' '" 541., ... ... ... ., 144 GN/RD 2.5"'''' '" '" '"1 19 21 17 13
I I I I200 I I 200 I I 200
I I I I25 " 6 7 B 14 5 3 12
'"'" '" " 0 532 565N .,..; to c:i-= on GR 0.75 GN/RD 0.75"l- I- r-: I- I- iQ "> > 0 0 0
i;; ~ '" o '" I-
"\ <5lD 0 0: lD >;0
on <D " " - N
:rl::l :ri~ :rl ...'" '"
·1528I..:S",3,,-0-"B,,-L-"O,,,,S__-I:> 14] 204 GL/VT 0.5
LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 67
1J22A
J
rationosch LH Jetronic fuel injection system is used
ars with the 16-valve engine. LH is an abbreviaof Luftmassenmesser Hitzdraht (air mass meterhot filament). The fuel injection system is cond and supervised by control unit 200, whichdes a microprocessor.
system receives a positive supply from fuse 22the ignition switch is in the start or drive posi-
, and a constant supply from +30 to main relayand fuel pump relay 102.
he basis of the data stored in the control unit andincoming information from various sensors, thetrol unit calculates and controls the openinges of the electrically operated fuel injectiones (206). The control unit receives information onengine speed by sensing the pulses from ignitiontern.
rottle angle transmitter 203 provides informationthe throttle angle, i.e. the engine load. The trans-
'tter has two contact positions, i.e. 0° (idlingeed) and 72° throttle angle.
mperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temperure Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuous
ngine temperature information to the control unit.the event of loss of this signal, the control unitwill
imulate, by default, an engine temperature of20°C (68 OF). "
ir mass meter 205 includes a platinum filamentnown as the hot filament. Regardless of the compoition of the air and the air flow, the temperature of
the filament is maintained constant at about 100°Cabove the temperature of the intake air;
The current necessary for maintaining the temperature of the filament constant is controlled by meansof a bridge circuit and a sensing resistor, the voltagevariation of which is directly proportional to the intake air mass flow.
Sipce the filament is located in the intake air, it willgradually become fouled, which affects the measurement results. To keep the filament clean, itstemperature is raised to about 1000 °C (1800 oF) forone second. This takes place four seconds after theengine has been stopped, provided that the enginespeed has earlier been in excess of 2000 r/min. Thisprocess is controlled by the control unit.
In the event of a loss of signal from the air massmeter, e.g. if the filament should fail, an emergencysystem known as the "Limp home" function in thecontrol unit will come into operation. The car canthen be driven, although its drivabi Ijty wi II be limited.When the "Limp home" function is operative, warninglamp 47P, CHECK ENGINE, will light up. The lamp is
-located in the combined instrument, and is suppliedfrom fuse 7. (The lamp can also be energised fromthe EZK ignition system.)
"Saab900
Tlie engine is supplied with fuel by electrically drivenfuel pump 103 and feed pump 101 drawing fuel fromthe fuel tank and bUilding up a pressure in the fuelsystem. The fuel pump circuit includes a boost pressure switch (144) which will trip the fuel pumps iftheturbocharger boost pressure should exceed a predetermined value.
When fuel pump relay 102 is energised, the heatingcoil in auxiliary air valve 95 will be energised. (Thevalve increases the air flow when the engine is cold.)
Test connector 204 has the following terminals:
1 Voltage to the test cpnnector2 "Limp home" (CHECK ENGINE)
.if
.-r,-,"
//:!>
\
....
Fault-tracing hintsWhen fault-tracing in the wiring for the fuel system,always observe the following:
1. Always disconnect the 25-pole connector on thecontrol unit and the connector on theair"mas$meter. N.B. These two components can, easilybe seriously damaged if measurements ~re carried out on their terminal pins.
2. Always disconnect the connection to the suspected component.
3. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.
Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuses 7 and 22, and checkingthatthe supply to themis live.
For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.
Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is important for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performance of the system may be disturbed.
\
Saab900
Saab900
\
Saab900
70 LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE
locations of componentsThe locations of the components presented beloware the same for all variants of LH 2.2 fuel system.
1 Batteryon the right-hand side of the engine compartment
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the combined instrument in the instrument panel
57 3-pole connectorin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand headlamp (test connector 204)in the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the air intake (116)
59 2-pole connector (1989 model)at the fuel pump, under the luggage compartment floor
60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution boxone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)
67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the righthand side at the air intake
75 Distribution block, positive supply from batteryin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
95 Auxiliary air valveat the extreme front of the engine intakemanifold
101 Fuel feed pump (ME, FE) (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compartment floor
102 Fuel pump relayat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
103 Fuel pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compartment floor
12& 4-pole connector (1990 model)at the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)
144 Boost pressure switch (T16) (1989 model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)
146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system(T16) (1989 model)in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing.The connectors are accessible from the interior of the car
159 Distribution terminal +15inthe electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
176 Control unit for EZK ignition system (116)in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
200 Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug
202 Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cylinders 2 and 3
203 Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing
204 Test connectorin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing
205 Air mass meteron the air cleaner
206 Fuel injection valveson the engine intake manifold
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
229 Main relay for the fuel injection systematthe control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)
323 Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, below the luggage compartment floor
200
95
323
75
Saab900
206
LH "2.2 fuel system: 19.i9 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE
ponents
1-
w
e
1
el
e-
m
nel
le
+15 ~'J';.+15",/ I
I
1
12JKGN/VT 1.0
,AU
rnl;rda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU
116.\:SE,EU,CA
559 RD 2.5
18
200
5 25
75
;!! ;(? ;(?.; .; .;0 0 0 on
'" '" '".... on
"- .; .;a:l ffi ~
'" ~aJ
« aJ!'! 9 :::: on
~1..
'" '"1
;(?2.;0
~0
~ '"z z z" <> <>« u
~~ ~
541GN/RD 2.5
If) 566AN SV 0.75...> 566 SV 0.75
559A RD 2.5
561 Bl/RD 2.5
5621.0
229
on.....;
Gz<>m:g
201
9 15 29
III
27 24 17
(
559BRD 0.5
Saab900
01~H ro7o
'".;'!;.J
"..o...,:" .-'-.,/;
2:4'foel system: T16 lambd~;i;
1989 model -- SE, EU;116 Lambda -- US, CA, AU, JP,
r-,I .....",61",0-"GN",--"0,,,.5--1 2 1132
1._..1
1528,--_5",0",0-"B,,-L-"0.,,,5_-1>14 <1-----,
+54,IllCVT 2.5
on.....;0
z«L(f):J on on.... '" ....
.; .; .;
!; ... ...>
~ on '" ~
> .... <> aJ
*.; .... '"'" :ll ~
'" 0on
«
~
0O 12 16 21 OJ
I200 I
I2J 2226 1 34 13 ," 6 7 8
'".... C!.;'".... ....; >
u ili
f
Saab900
.exhaust emissions shouldi~l')'lp,:",.~JII.)'~Pt,.. uP. For'tJltc9q~, :~~e~'roup 2:3
Air mass meter 205 is builtinto a plastic housing. Inthe event of a lossof ~ignal from the air mass meter,e.g. ifthe filament should fail, an emergency systemknown as the "Limp home" function in the control unitwill come into operation. The car can then be driven,although its drivability will be limited. When the"Limp home'! function is operative; warning lamp47,Pj CHECKENGINE, willlightup. The lamp is locatedin:Jthe,corobined instrument, and is supplied from
can also be energised from the EZK
Automatic transmissionCars with automatic transmission are also equipped ">,
with switch 76 which will close when the selector '0.
lever is set to "Drive", and the control unit will thencompensate for the increased load applied by theautomatic transmission when the engine is runningat idling speed.
EXhaust gas emission control, LambdaThe car is equipped with an adaptive Lambda system,which compensates for variations in the fuel/air mixture caused by changes in the fuel system.
Lambda sensor 136 continually measures the oxygen content ofthe exhaust gases, thus enablingthecontrol unit to adjust the mixture to as close toLambda':::: 1 as possible. The sensor is heated bypreheater 271 (protected by fuse 1).
pa" ,of theSe ,
Thb~ggigJ'j$ ~~·BSII~~Wi'th'tY~I·~itny~.~Y~lectrica Ilydriven fuel pump 103 and feed pumpTOl orby fuelpump 323 with integrated feed pump. In both cases,the pumps draw fuel from the fuel tank and pressurise the fuel system.
The control unit 200 is connected to the air-conditioning system via pin 14 (AC compressor relay 156,pin 16). When the AC compressor is running, thecontrol unit will compensate for the increased loadapplied by the compressor at engine idling speed. Asignal (earth) is applied from pin 3 at full throttle,~~ich disconnects the AC compressor. .
Test connector 347 is used for fault tracing. When pin2 inthe connector is earthed, flashing codes will beobtained on the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
tlon
uel system: T16 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU
with 16-valve engines and Lambda areed with the Bosch LH Jetronic 2.4 fuel in
n system, which is an updated version of the LHic 2.2 system. LH is an abbreviation of Luft
enmesser Hitzdraht (air mass meter with hotent). The fuel injection system is controlled andrvised by control \pnit 200, which includes aprocessor. I
!ber of new featu,is ~ave been introduced, such
aptive Lambda control system
(Automatic Idling Control! valve with built-inmp home" function. When necessary, the valve
ovides a, high, fixed idling speed of approxiately 1200 r/min.
daptive idling control system. Normal changesre compensated. for automatically. The idlingpeed is controlled by means of valve 272.
uilt-in deceleration function. During overrunraking, it shuts off the fuel supply within a certainngine speed range.
\
new, electrically-operated vent valve (321) forthe charcoal ,canister. Controlled by signals fromthe control unit. The charcoal in the canister absorbs fuel fumes in the vent line from the tank.
,Built-in fault diagJosis system. Gives fault codesvia the CHECK J::NGINE lamp or the ISAT test instrument/
The pressure monitoring function is built into thecontrol unit. If a fault should occur on the turbocharger pressure control system (T16 Lambda),the LH control unit will interrupt the signals to theinjection valves.
The gear indication fUl')ction is built into the control unit (US only).
.he system receives apositive s,upply from fuse 22hen the ignitfon switch is in the start or drive posi-
ion, and a constant supply from +30 to relays 229n9 102.
n the basis ofthe data stored in the control unit andhe incoming information from various sensors, theontrol unit calculates and controls t,he openingimes of the electrically operated fuel injectionalves (206). Control .unit 200 receives informationn the engine speed by sensing the pulses from the
Ignition system.
Throttle angle transmitter 203 provides informationto the control unit on the throttle angle. The transmiter has two contact positions, i.e. 00 (idling speed)
and ),20 throttle angle.
Temperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuousengine temperature information to the control unit.In the event ofloss ofthis signal, the control unit willsimulate, by default, an engine temperature of+45 DC (113 of)':'
EU
9
<VT 1.0
I122AI
\
'fl4 LH 2.4 fuel system: Ti6 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989 model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU<---..............;""-------'""--------------------------
Fault·traclng hintsWhen fault tracing in the wi(ialways observe the followi
1. Read thefaulLc:p,dfore discormegtil1codeSareJ6lfaSe .energisedf)iUse ___ _._ _ _scribed irFGroup2'.:!3;oft'£ne.. Sef;vi'e~!flifi:tntl·~·li ..i
2. AIWaySdiSC~r1necithej5:b61~·c6Hp~Pt~f; .. econtrol unit and the connector onthe'@' m Smeter. N.B. These two componel1tscahe'a~jlybe seriously damaged if measurements are carried out on their terminal pins.
3. Always disconnect the connection to the suspected component.
4. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.
Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuse 22 and checking that the supply to it is live. Alsocheck fuse 7 and fuse 1 for the Lambda sensor preheater.
For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.
Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is important for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performanceof~may be disturbed.
Saab900
fuel system: T16 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989 model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU
·.47K .··.~fLii~i0Rwar~I~ .···.9r11Pin. thecombine<:\Instrument in the instrument panel
47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the combined instrument in the instrumentpanel
57 3-pole connector(322) at the control unit, forward of the right-hand
front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
59 2-pole connectorone at the fuel pump, under the luggagecompartment floor (1989 model) .
(368) one at the control unit, forward of the righthand front door, below the fascia (behindilie~m) \one (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the battery
60 Single-pole connectorone (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)one in the electrical distribution boxone on the right41and side of the enginecompartment, at the air intake (1990model)
67 6-pole connectortwo in the engine compartment, on the righthand side at the air intake
75 Distribution block, positive supply from batteryin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at tm.!?\~electorlever ..
Locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
22A Fuse holderinthe electrical distribution' box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel
'ti\pWsirigI:~g light 'tch~~e' 'phsble, at the selector
fuel injection systemi-hand front door, belowcthe trim)
'ambda~ US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU
Idling spee fmotorat the extre . "rr'theleft-hand side ofthe cylinderhea· >
Valve for charcoar'c:'in the engine comp , forward of theleft-hand wheel homW. 'tWeen the wheelhousing member andt ,', ,Jerwing
Connector, Auto/Man, Lhl7Aat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, belowthe luggage compartment floor
Test connector, diagnosticson the right-hand side, under the back seatunder the rubber bellows, behind the centreconsole (Convertible)under the bellows (Convertible)
Connector, cold-starting valveat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
NTC resistor ~,
in the engine compartment, under the throt-tie housing (19~O model) ,
Modulatingvalve··.in the engine compartment, foi'Wcjr'd of theleft-hand wheel housing (1990 model)
347
323
272
322
321
271
368
390
389
229
Saab900
Cold starting valveon the engine throttle housing
Fuel feed pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, underthe luggage compartment floor
Fuel pump relayat the control unit, forward of the right-hand'front door, below the fascia (behind the trim)
Fuel pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compartment floor 76
4-pole connectorat the control unit, forward of the right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)one at the fuel pump, below the luggagecompartment floor (1990 model)
Speed transmitteron the rear of the combined instrument
Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold
29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forware1 of the
, left-hand wheel housing /
Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug
Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cylinders 2 and 3
Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing
Air mass meteron the air hose at the air cleaner
Fuel injection valveson the engine intake manifold
Earthing point on the gearbox
203
205
206
201
202
200
211
156
152A1528
136
176
159
132
103
123
'•• 94
102
f01
200390
Saab900
389
fuel system: T16 Lambda-US, CA, AU 1989 model-SE, EU,JP.116 Lambda-U$,CA,AU, JP, SE, EU.
341
of
li-
t-
ldn)
::U
atre
15
156 159'---..
Idn)
~\I
It-
10',103,M1989 176
Ie
~.~
202136
203 205 206 271
229 102
~321 323
1e
el
)W
o
'"
+15 159
+15II
123KIGN/VT 1.0
22A~L-...
559C RD 1.0
on '" :!?" " C!0 0 0
§ %~ ~,
o z 15m a: <:>
'" ..~ ~
~..'" '" '"
'I~I 1*1667
'" '" ~I" " L0 0
§ I-
<:.0
m 0:
'" ~0.. '"... 65 ,
I 156 IL_.J
~~:402 1168BL 0.75 BL 0.75
I 5 27 26 1152C
405 406 11168BL/VT 0.75 BL 0.75 IBL '0.75
r-1 <>[4]7 116E1 1 IGL/Ro 1.5
IT,L.._...J
AC 169
'""o85nn'"
'"'"
261GR/RD 2.5
38152A
12312
261GR/RD 2.5
o'" 0> '"In >'" Ul'" m'" ..on '"
::~ ~~ ~:~: >-
261 OR 2.5
262 5V 2.5 2625v 2.5
9
13 16 33 15
I I200:CU 14 I I
~ I I .4 27 4014 34 3132 30 21 36 '9
-<<0
f-
'"N"l
~>Ul ~.. ;;;non '"
560BR/VT 0.5
<>
560A 59BRI\JT 0.5 T
144rtJ
560 illBR/VT 0.5
M 323
540ON/OL 1.0
Saab900
11
....... --~ lQ ~ci ci ciQ 0 0
~ ~ ~m m m
« m u a;;; ;;; 206;;; ;;; ~
X§?1~>~>~~4r-- r-.. ,... .....
395 0 0 0 0~ a a 0 0y~~ ...... .e:. .e:. .g: .g:- z 15 z Z
1'1:1 59- I~ ~ ~ ~ ~'" "'~ '"
541 GN/RO 2.5/
541EGN/RD 1.0
57QABL/RD 0.75
570 BLiRD 0.75
292B261
272
17 23
~ ~,~~ffi G ffi 5en 0 (0 I"')"""l I/') 10 '<tU'l1l) If) U1
2 159571 SV 0.75
( I'\._-------Hh:!'o rll:~ 1.0
~ ~~~<:> _~0.75
~ ........~ 136-~
fVVl 2711--1
RD 0.75 VT 0.75
560A BR IVT 0.5
ron° 16.0 + - 0 0,.'
~ ~'-~ ~
75W ~ ~r,..- -"55""9"'A-"R""0..o2"'.5_---/ '--.:5"'59"-"'RO'--"'2.5"- -.
2
II
570Ar,I;r----cmr:l.'iBL/RD 0.75
W I 357
CU14
559B
~
86 30
~: .-;\ 22985 Y87B 87
/ /\ "561 BLIRO 2.5
12
III
35 22
9 1B
347
25
-<>555
~5V/VT 0.75
2f1U203
200:CU 14
16A:AUT
+54II11MVT 2.5
6 3 20 7
... -,,---"6"",'3,-,O""N,-,0,,,.5'-------1 2 11 32
[~60 L _.Jono
10 39
152B~::;ono
~<:>..?::
+54IIllCVT 2.5
[~60
1;l 76~31... 3' )~.I Q~ 147PL 4.J
I fCHECKlI~
Saab900
rationengine is equipped with a CU14 electronic fuelction system. The injection system is controlledsupervised by control unit 200 which includes a
roprocessor.
system receives a positive supply from fuse 22distribution terminal +15 when the ignition
tch is in the start or drive position, and a constantply from +30to relays 229and 102 and to pin 15he RAM (random access memory) of the elecic unit. On the basis of the data stored in thetrol unit and the incoming information from varisensors, the control unit calculates and controlsopening times of injection valves 206. The in
tion valves are of low-impedance type and muster be connected to the battery voltage.
e injection pulse consists of two stages, i.e. theening phase and the holding phase. During thee~ing phase (short time) the full battery voltage isplied across the injection valves. Electronic unito then earths the valves via pin 11. During the
mainder of the injection pulse duration (i.e. theolding phase), the valves are earthed instead acrossseries resistor at pin 13 of electronic unit 200. TheItage across the valves is then reduced to about
2.5 volt.
his method provides accurate fuel metering, evenduring short opening times. .
Via pin 39, electronic unit 200 receives informationon the engine speed in the form of pulses from theignition system. Via pin 20, the electronic unit receives information on the throttle angle from throttle
.angle transmitter 203. (Analog signal between 0.1and 4.9 V.)
Temperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC)type and provides continuousengine temperature information to the control unit.Air mass meter 205 in the CU14 system measuresthe air mass flowing through a separate air passagein parallel with themain air path. This minimises therisk of fouling of the hot filament and no burning-off,
.. such as in the LH system, is therefore necessary.
In the event of loss of signal to the electronic unit, anemergency system known as the "Limp home" function will come into operation, which enables the carto be driven, although the engine performance will berestricted. At the same time, the CHECK ENGINEwarning lamp will light up.
Signals to and from air mass meter 205:
Pins 1 and 2: earthPin 3: air mass signal to pin 35 of electronic unit 200Pin 5: positive supply from relay 229Pin 6: idling CO adjustment to pin 22 of electronicunit 200 (only cars without catalytic converter)The system for cars with catalytic converter is adaptive.
CU14 fuel system ,79
The engine is supplied withfael by electrically drivenfuel pump 323 which draws fuel from the fuel tankand pressurises the fuels}l.~tem.
Automatic Idling Control (Ale) motor 27?is a twophase stepping motor Wh,tRh.;~i$controlle(:fby electronic unit 200 via pins 1,~~,:,~8and29. This controlcircuit is adaptive (remem¥b'ersittl.e setting during theimmediately preceding idlin~period).
Electronic unit 200 contf7conditioning (AC)system via pin 21 and via pin 36.
The electronic unit ault diagnosis.Fault codes areobof the CHECKENGINE lamp. THe' ¥pln 1 of testsocket 391 (locat .side of theengine cQrnpa!'1: . .(.¢Qnnected topin 31 of electr . ..
Autom~t'~:tt~Cars with atJtoma~ic,t:raAsrnissionarealso,'e:quippedwith swifeb 76. When the selector lever is set to thedrive position, the switch wi II close, which wilfapply asignal to pin 5 of the electronic unit. The AICmotorwill then compensate for the increased load appliedby the automatic transmission when the engine isrunning at idling speed. ,
Exhaust emission control, lambdaOn cars destined for markets on which catalytic emission control is mandatory, the system also includescomponents for refined fuel control. Lambda sensor136 continually measures the oxygen content of theexhaust gases, thus enabling the electronic unit tocorrect the fuel/air mixture to its optimum value. Thesensor is heated by preheater 271 which is protectedby fuse 1.
The gaseous hydrocarbons (fuel fumes) vented fromthe fuel tank are discharged to a charcoal canisterand are dumped into the engine for burning. This iscontrolled by ELCD valve 321 which is controlled frompin 17 of electronic unit 200.
Fault tracingSee the Service Manual, Group 2:3, CU14 injectionsystem.
Saab 900 CV 1991 Trionic 5.5by Misu
'"NCI
'"
+15 +30II
~'D8j:1
\1>
~
00.-:..-:w">-0
0.c
'"~rl 179 "~
2 .c3 '"
1 3~X ~0
~~
... c
" ~ ~
I
lot') -.n r.n lot')
cicic:::icI-Z:::;)>
~"Ill"zIII
'" ;a""' d
" ~III
IS
~
~.,;
~~
'Xt; p72
1:1 ':i ~,;
I~ ~ "~I~ fj
".. y ~
ll> :l
AUT+54
II
l11lAVT 2.5
+54IIHevr 2.$
q 1~
~'Iff I."
<>~ 1>:\"
VJ 1.0
~tJ152B 152A~t:~
,;
~I~-~GlNrl
I EDU II (~ 147P 7 ~ 1
~5
14
32 34 58 39
33 31 49 9 10 11 12 44 17 18 3 4 5 • 66
I I200 I I 200
I I66 41 22 43 4. 21 27 23 24 2547 50 3. 15 45 42 6667 59 54
~u 2 47/110
YEIBU 0.75
I
01$H ~,
•
233
171
'" .. n.. ~ N 0ci 6
~.c
~I% I~.: Ii! 3. ~ .... J,
!~Jnl 1.;IH,6., ;1'" ~~
,;
~.:: .:5 ~
156 i:AC
LH 2.4 Fuel System Diagrams
Saab900.·
CU14 fuel system
~cations If components1 Battery\
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
31 Reversing light switchunder the centre console, at the selectorlever
47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the 'combined instrument in the instrument panel
57 3-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the air intake
59 2-pole connectorone at the fuel pump, under the luggagecompartment floorone at the control unit, forward of the righthand front door, below the fascia (behindthe trim)one (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone at the expansion tank, on the right-handside of the engine compartment
60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)one (for the automatic transmission) underthe centre console, at the selector lever
67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the righthand side at the air intake
75 Distribution block, positive supply from batteryin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
76 Switch ·for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at the select{)rlever
94 Cold starting valveon the engine throttle housing
Fuel inje ·8on the engiffl emanifold
Earthing poinfdn'the gearbox
Main relay for the fuel injection systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
Preheaterin the Lambda sensor, on the exhaust mahifold
Idling speed adjustment motorat the extreme front, on the left-hand side ofthe cylinder head
Valve for charcoal canisterin the engine compartment, forward of the·left-hand wheel housing, between the wheelhousing member and the outer wing
Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, below the luggage compartment floor
Test connector, diagnosticson the right-hand side, under the back seat
Connector, cold-starting valveat the control unit, fOlWard of the right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
CU14 test socket, flashing codesin the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the fresh air intake
Series resistor for the CU14 systemin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing
395
391
321
323
347
272
368
271
211
229
205
206
203
Saab900
Fuel pump relayat the control unit, fOlWard of the right-handfront door, belowthefascia (behind the trim)
4-pole connectorat the control unit, forward of the right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)one at the fuel pump, below the luggagecompartment floor (1990 model)
Speed transmitteron the rear of the combined instrument
Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold
800st pressure switch (T8)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)
Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the I~ft-hand wheelhousing
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Pressure switch for the AC radiator fanin the engine compartment, on the dryingagent container, forward of the right-handwheel housing
Switch, ACon the fascia
171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact) for the ACin the engine compartment, on the righthand side of the air conditioner housing
176 Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, fOlWard of theleft-hand wheel housing
200 Control unit for the CU14 systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug
202 Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cylinders 2 and 3
169
166
159
152A1528152C
146
144
136
132
123
102
229 102
200
205
146
CU14 fuel system 83
395
321
203
136
Saab900 '
~~~'
". ~ ~\,,'~-
CJ·· \.. .! ..~ \ :
-.". -'- .'
321 146
347
272
landtrim)
75ight-
159
~
~202
3
193SV 0.75.
1528182 8l 0.5
73
71Gl/RD 1.0
+541I
7 GR 2.5
204
284A8l 0.5
~~42.5 60 6 T16,\ Gl/VT 0.5 }
)-,=-,~--fO=:ot-'<CS, IS, IS,\,
M89: TS T8,\284A 204
8l 0.75 Gl/VT 0.5
318
102
284? 8l 0.5
D15H 292A
f~21
281SV 0.75
15S
123CGN/VT 0.75
123D GN VT 1.0
393SV 1.5
2
93
4
146
58 GR 4.0
.-; .. -., --:
system(Witl1:i,t!~~hometer) C8, 18, 'j~ff.ambda, Ti6
5
7
8L 16.0
SaabgOO
+30I1
1238GN/VT 1.5
~
.lilli9 .MilO
rfl22AI"--+-......
~-------{_-.l----.jl-----<123HGNjVT 1.5
211
Bl 25.0
123DGN/VT 1.0
I" on em hominstrument socket for , ,T16 m 1 model of
Saab900
For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, 3:1,Electrical system, Instruments.
fault...tracing hintsThe ignition system will be energised when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 15 oftheignition coil and terminal 4 on the timing serviceinstrument socket are live.
2. Check that terminal 4 of amplifier 146 is live:
3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7, and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 onthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied from theamplifier.
4: ." ·>Che'tkallcohnectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
See also the fault-tracing section for each component in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.
ration
:ion system (with tachometer) C8, 18, 18 Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda 1989 model otT8, T8 Lambda 85
6.
9 breakerless ignition system is equipped with aII sensor. (The EZK ignition system is discussed ineparate section.)
en ignition switch 20 is in the start or drive posi-n, ignition coil 5 and amplifier 146 will be ener-ed"{+15). "
e amplifier receives ignition pulses (via a 3-coreielded cable) from the Hall sensor in ignition dis-
ibutor 6.
e pulses are amplified and adapted in alY16, A high-tension pulse is generated in tl) cdary winding each time a pulse breaks th~p~'r:Qary
rcuit of the ignition coil. The high-tensionpl..t1s~isensuppl ied to the correspond ing spark piugvia the
istributor.
achometer' 110 is supplied across fuse 7. The conrol pulses required for displaying the engine speedre supplied from the ignition amplifier.
iming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 is intendedor a special ignition service instrument and has the
. ollowing terminals:
Positive supply direct from battery 1
Earth
Solenoid (terminal 50) on starter motor 4
Positive supply (+15) from the ignition switchwhen the latter is in the start or drive position
Ignition pulses from ignition system amplifier146
Not used
75
20"
:e
86 Ignition system (with tachometer) C8, /8, 18 Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda 1989 model on8, T8 Lambda
Saab900
Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Earthing point on the gearbox211
158locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
3 Earthing point in the fascia
4 Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)
5 Ignition coilon the cross-member above the radiator
6 Ignition distributorat the front of the en-gine
7 Earthing pointon the radiatorcross-member
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47 Combined instrumenton the fascia
60 Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
73 Timing service instrument socketiA the electrical distribution box, in the en-·gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member
102 Fuel pump relayin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay positions F and G(T8 and T8 Lambda) or relay position G (18and 18 Lambda)
110 Tachometerin combined instrument 47 on the fascia
146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
152A 29-poJe white connector152B 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
157 Spark plugon the engine
87
146
6
110(47)
Saab900
5
102
system (with tachometer) C8, 18, 18 lambda, T16, T16lambda 1989 model ofT8, T8lambda
20
CHECKENGINE
182 BL 0.5
123 e~\T 0754 .
r and timingm el
152A
01SO 342C
+54II11CVT 2.5
158
281. , ..__. 280SV 0.75 GR 1.5
93
+30II
122 GL 2.5
4
t655A GL 0.75 }
~~'iOiiOl- 655A 549AGL 0.75 VL VT 0.75
h homesocket, 1
Saab900
~57
204
+54II11EVT 2.5
mme
200'---'='-='-==-__---"'r;- ;- ,
'----="--""'-"'''-'''=----' 24 25 ,, ,, ,649A} , ,
SV 0.75 , ,
, 201 --,5 5 ,566A SV 0.75 I.: __ ::J
L!..7~G!>-R .=,2.",5__-1>29 ct----'-7--'G"'R--'2"".5'-- --,
I>z'-'
'"OJ
'"
7
201
BL 16.0
649SV 0.75
157
345
o
'"
16 6 13 12 15 310 1528 l284 284C 6024 176 17
BL 0.5 BL 0.5lE
OJ i....0
OJ OJ t0 .... .... on
'" 0 0 "-z 0 0 d 203 \'-' '" '" '"'" N --' '-'0 ;:: 649 m....
SV 1.5
o'"G
SL
>l/l
11II
I
se
88 EZK ignition system (with tachometer),~1989 model.
1230GN/VT 1.0
.- ~~L"_"=_'-"'---C>_---------~1"'23!..:G""N"-V.!.!T'--1"'.5"---I>28q_-"12~3s.E~G':'.IN~T~1.2.5_<>_~2..l'~C!...!d-J
EZK ignition system (with tachometer), 1989 model g~'
15
onignition system is fitted only to Hi-valve
without turbocharger. This breakerless ignitern is equipped with a Hall sensor. It ised by a knock sensor, which provides thepossible engine perform"ance on any grade ofis provides good fuel economy and cleanergases.
~ ignition switch is in the start or drive posiition coil 320 with integrated amplifier and
.ntrol unit 176 will be energised (+15).
I unit 176 receives ignition pulses via a threeielded cable from crankshaft sensor 345. Thecy of the pulses is proportional to the engineThe control unit then adjusts the timing on thef the following factors:
'nespeed
ine load
knocking tendencies
nition pulses supplied from terminal 16 of theI unit are amplified and adjusted in ignition
320 with integrated amplifier. A high-tensionis generated in the secondary winding each
a pulse breaks the primary circuit ofthe ignition; The high-tension pulse is then supplied to theesponding spark plug (157) via distributor 6.
ignition is set at 5° when the engine is started.ignition setting is dependent on the speed of the
ine, and adjustment starts ataround 700 r/min.ltdjusted in accordance with the values stored incontrol unit. (The distributor has no centrifugal oruum advance mechanisms.)
I systell) control unit 200 provides the ignitionem with information on the engine load. ThrottleIe transmitter 203 is closed (earthed) when the
, ttle is closed, i.e. when the engine is idling.en the load has exceeded the value stored in the
ntrol unit, thetimingwill be retarded by about 6° on'cylinders. The timing will return to normal in stepsaround 1° after the load has ceased to increase.
e control unit receives information on knocking inyofthe cylinders via knock sensor 178. Thetimingthen retarded only in the cylinder in which knockings detected (in steps of around 3°). This will continuntil knocking has ceased or until the timing has
en retarded by a total of about 13°. The timingeturns to normal in steps of 0.35°.
EZK test tapping 145 is intended for special testequipment. Terminal 15 of the.control unit delivers apulse for each knock detected. (Positive voltage issupplied t!2 the cgnnectorwhen,the ignition switch isin the drive positiOn.) .. .
If a fault shoult(occur in the control unit, a signal(earth) will b~ delivered from terminal 3, which willcause CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P to flash.(This lamp can also be activated by the fuel injectionsystem.)
.:..u,
Ignition pulses are supplied from terminal 16 of thecontrol unit to timing service instrument socket 73,tachometer 110 and other syste'rristhat are depend- ~ent on ignition pulses.
TachometerTachometer 110, located in combined instrument47, is supplied across fuse 7 and red 29-pole connector 1528. The control pulses required for displaying the engine speed are supplied from EZK controlunit 176.
Timing service instrument socketTiming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 is intendedfor a special ignition service instrument and has thefollowing terminals:
1. Positive supply direct from battery 1
2. Earth
3. Solenoid (terminal 50) of starter motor 4
4. Positive supply from the ignition switch whenthe latter is in the start or drive position
5. Ignition pulses from EZK control unit 176
6. Not used
For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, 3:1,Electrical system, Instruments.
fault..tracing hintsAs a general rule, the connector to the, control unitshould always be disconnected when measurementsare made on the ignition system cable harness. Usean ohmmeter, not a buzzer.
The ignition system will be energised when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 30f theignition coil and terminal 4 of the timing serviceinstrument socket are live.
2. Check that terminal 6 of control unit 176 is live.
3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7 and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 ofthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied fromcontrol unit 176. .
4. Check all connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
'See also the faUlt-tracing section for each component in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.
:and timingel
93
2B417 6L 0.5
'"'"'"
15 3
+54II11EVT 2.5
178
+30II
56 GR 4.0'.()1SH 342
8
1230 GN T 1.0
Saab.90Q.'"
....>z"
emment socket,
201
.., N
'" '"'" '"
200-,2 I
II II I
}__15 5:
>-__....:5""6""6A'--S"'V'-0"'-.7""-S ~l,t 112~
16 13 1210
24 1764 20 8 7
649A aJSV 1.5 r-
0D
'"649
SV 1.5
649SV 0.75
211
BL 25.0
146
ons
'"r-aJ
0r- D ~,0 '" d> Z DUl " '".., OJ N
r:: 0 r::r-
1230GN/VT 1.0
651 BL 1.5
648 SV 1.5
f!? () r(} ~ l,..' 1
a8......-/ (
2- --:{- ~ik'!.\
ElK ignition system (wi'tM: 'tacMoli1eter)';·/
ignition system is fitted only to 16-valvewithout turbocharger. This breakerless ignitem is equipped with a Hall sensor. It ised by a knock sensor, which provides thepossible engine performance on any grade ofis provides good fuel economy and cleanergases.
e ignition switch is in the start or drive posiplifier 146 and ElK control unit 176 will be
sed (:+15).
I unit 176 receives ignition pulses via a threeielded cable from crankshaft sensor 345. The
ncy of the pulses is proportional to the engine".The control unitthen adjusts the timing on theof the following faCtors:'
inespeed
gine load
y knocking tendencies ~ ~
'gnitio~ pUI~s supplied from terminal 16 of the-01 unit are amplified and adjusted in amplifierA high-tension pulse is generated in the secrywindingeach time a pulse breaks the primaryit of the ignition coil. The high-tension pulse is
n supplied to the corresponding spark plug (157)distributor 6.
ignition is set at 10° when the engine is started.sign ition setting is dependent on the speed of the
.gine, and adjustment starts at around 700 r/min. Itadjusted in a.ccordance with the values stored in~controli!,lnit. (The distributor has no centrifugal orcuumadvance mec.bflnisms.) The basic setting is° at 850.rJmin, with the'throttle switch closed.
tel system control unit 200 provides the ignitionstem with i'nformation on the engine load (load
i'gnal). Throttle angle transmitter 203 is closedrthed) when the throttle is closed, Le. when the
ilgine is idling. When the load has exceeded a cerinvalue stored in the control unit, thetimingwill betarded by about 5° - go (engine speed-dependent)n all cylinders. The timing will return to normal inteps of around O.r (1.4° per engine revolution)fter the load has ceased to increase.
he control unit receives information on knocking inny ofthe cylinders via knock sensor 178. The timing
js then retarded only in the cylinder in which knocking¥Vas detected (in steps of around 3°). This will continlie until knocking has ceased or until the timing hasbee'n retarded by a total of about 13°. The timingreturns to normal in steps of 0.7° per spark firing(1.4° per engine reVOlution).
Test tapping 145 is intended for special test equipment. Terminal 15 of the control unit delivers a pulsefor each knock detected. (Positive voltage is suppl iedto the connector when the ignition switch is in thedrive position.)
Saab900
If a fault should occur in the control uH'il:;(e-arth) will be delivered from terminal 3, which willcause CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P to frash.(This lamp can also be activated by the fuel injectionsystem.)
Ignition pulses are supplied from terminal 16 of thecontrol unit to timing service instrument socket 73,tachometer 110 and other systems that are dependent on ignition pulses.
TachometerTachometer 110, located in combined instrument47, is supplied across fuse 7 and red 29-pole connector 1528. The control pulses required for displaying the engine speed are supplied from ElK controlunit 176.
Timing service Instrument socketTiming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 ijintendedfor a special ignition service instrument and has thefollowing terminals:
1. Positive supply direct from battery 1
2. Earth
3. Solenoid (terminal 50) on starter motor 4
4. Positive supply from the ignition switch whenthe latter is in the start or drive position
5. Ignition pulses from ElK control unit 176
6. Not used
For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, Group3:1, Electrical system, Instruments.
Fault..traclng hintsAs a,general rule, the connector to the control unitshould always be disconnected when measurementsare made on the ignition system cable harness. Use,an ohmmeter, not a buzzer. .,
The ignition system will be energised when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 3 of the ignition coil and terminal 4 ofthe timing serviceinstrument socket are live.
2. Check thatterminai 6 of control unit 176 is live.
3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7 and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 ofthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied fromcontrol unit 176.
4. Check all Qonnectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
See also the faUlt-tracing section for each component in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.
6
47
artment, forward of the.:sing
e electronic ignition systemA(~
iQ,\left~
29-pe.ctor29"13 rin the•.eii'tplent, in the electricaldistributin bQXOh the left-hand wheelhousing;.Th~:i~· tors are accessiblefrom the iht~riB~:'1 !~car. .
Spark plugon the engine
Negative distributiol1itetminalin the electrical distribution box, in the en-.gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel.housing
Control unit for the ElK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
Knock sensor for the ElK systemon the engine, between the two centre intake ports
Control unit for the LH fuel injection systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
Earthing point on the engineat the engine lifting lug
Throttle angle transmitter- LH fuel injectionsystemon the throttle housing
Test connector - LH fuel injection systemin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing
Earthing point on the gearbox
Ignition coil with integrpted amplifier (1989model)in the engine compartment on the righthand side, above, the battery
Crankshaft sensorbehind the crankshaft pUlley
211
320
178
345
204
203
201
200
157
176
158
152A1528
146
3
4
67
75
47P
73
60
22A
7
20
57
Saab900
j~:~IlJP~l1ents
~~~~~!~;:i;;i;'~.·'·•• ':::~~n·:'t~~rlgnt41alidside of the engine com-.partinent
Earthing point in the fascia
Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)
Ignition distributorat the front of the engine
Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Combined instrumenton the fascia
CHECK ENGINE warning lampin combined instrument 47 on the fascia
3-pole connector (116)in the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the air intake
Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
6-pole connectortwo in the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the air intake (one is for the116 Lambda)
Timing service instrument socketin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member
110 Tachometerin combined instrument 47 on the fascia
123 4-pole connectorin the engine compartment on the left-handwheel housing, forward ofthe electrical distribution box (EZK test tapping)
145 Test tapping, ElKin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing, forward ofthe electrical distribution box
73
178
47P,110
176
Saab900
EZK ignition system (with tachometer), 1990 model 9~
6
146 M"i990
203
t-
n-
Ie
:9
he
:::al~el
)Ie
em
:he
20
182BL 0.5
54
195GN/VT 0.5
01SH 402A
... - .....~3
§I II 147E
I IL_ 8 _..I
152A
152A
152B
152C
21
59
11VT 2.5
~CAB
Saab900
10VT 6.0
30 86
71 GL RD 1.0
11VT 2.5
75
11CVT 2.5
~
RO 25.0
211
BL 25.0
Q:l¢ Battery-charging system
Saab900
lionharging warning lamp informs the, driver of:er or not the alternator is charging.
the ignition switch is in the drivepositiofl, ae voltage will be supplied across;fuse 7;;and
9-pole connector 1528 to chargifrlg war'ning7E in the combined instrument. rheothehsidelamp is connected to alternator 2. ',1::the alternator is not rotating Qrcdf it J
ing the battery for any other reasqn,;y;charging warning lampwill beeatttledf,
inal 0+ on the alternator, and theJarn
the alternator is charging, termiJ~same voltage as the supplll.fro hevoltage will then be appliedtoil:;>o:lIi1iiterl'liinals.of
warning lamp, and the lamp;will·:therefore benguished.
Battery-charging system 95
Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage at terminal 8+ of the
alternator.
2. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.
3. Check that the bulb in the warning lamp is in-tact.
Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theh connection of the alternator.
ktnat terminal 0+ of the alternator is live.
...ffl~en:ille and .measure the voltage be, e'h'~;l-{)~Itc~rnator and earth. Also mea
~l.1re·lhevoltagebetween D+ on the alternatorand earth. The difference between these twovoltages should not be greater than 0.7 V.
NOTEIf the charging warning lamp bulb should blow, thealternator will cease charging.
Saab900
locationt!)~.f·.~omponents
1 Batte .on thejlrI~.!l~?I:ftlnd. side of the engine compartment),·
2 Alternatori'c' ;.iiw{~U;:
on the Ie
4 Starter mgt c" c .on the left~fia'hdside of the engine (intakeside)
7 Earthing pointpofhe radiator cross-member
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, relay position E
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47E Charging warning lampin the combined instrument
59 2-pole connector (CAB)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
257 Earthing point on the alternator bracket
nents
2122A59
152A1528152C
Saab900
~180
23 10
483 484SV 1.0 GN/RD 1.0
Q15H 472A
29
767 483VT 0.75(M89) SV 1.0VT 0.5(M90)
131RD 1.0
em
5
152A
152A
93
487SV 1.5
767VT 0.75
131RDjVT 1.0
5CGR 1.0
20
+30II
Saab900
-187
486GRjRD 1.5
177
11GVT 2.5
13
+54II
p
233
178
481AGLjVT 1.5
488 489GN 0.5 BR 0.5
481BGL/VT 1.5
12
485BL/RD 0.75
284BL 0.5
25
481GLjVT 1.5
481AGLjVT 1.5
146r-,I IL 7 ..J
T
,-----"''------I ~\
98 APe system
Saab900
c
1,0
Iongine is equipped with an Automatic Performontrol (APC) system, which enables the enginest itself automatically to the grade of fueld to it at any particular time. :-.C system is controlled by cont"rohunit 177,is supplied (+54) from fuse 10:Jne unit resignals frpm various sensors,p;t6:~~sses the
sand then controls the boost pressure of theharger v.ia solenoid valve1!79:
stem receives informationfrdm the fOllowingrs:
ock sensor 178, which s~hs;es any knocking inengine '
'ssure transmitter 18Q Wt:lJch senses the presre in the intake pipeUi?,str~arn of the throttle.
signals from the sensors and from ignition sysamplifier 146 are fed continuously into the conynit. On the basis of the electrical signais red, the unit then controls the solenoid valve andthe boost pressure from the turbocharger. In
tion, it receives a signal from brake light switchwhen the foot brake is applied, which enables thetrol unit to reduce the boost pressure to the basic
tie. Since the boost pressure is continuously adted to the octane rating of the fuel and the runningnditions of the engine, it has proved unnecessary,provide the adjustment margins, that must nor'Ily be allowed to avoid damage to the engine. As asuit, maximum energy can be extracted from theel used on any particular occasion.
rs with the Turbo engine and Cruise Control areUipped with vacuum switch 233, which is actuated
y vacuum pump 187 via a vacuum hose. When thentacts have opened, the control unit reduces theost pressure to the basic value.
ARGsystem 99
Fault·traclng hintsAlways take the following measures before fault-tracing in the APC system:
1. Disconnect the connector from the control unit.
2. Disconnect the connector from the componentwhich is suspected to be faulty.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check the wiring for anyopen circuits, etc.
The resistance ofthe pressure transmitter (measuredat atmospheric pressure) is 5 -13 ohm.
For other particulars, see theJault-tracing section inthe Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.
:E~O ;~P;>C'systetn
ibution box, in the en"'the left-hand wheel
29
59on the left-hand
93 Earthing point Qlltt1e"I~ftThCJndwheel hous-ing member ,,;,,'.1, '
146 Amplifier for the ele,ctnm,i,gignition systemin the engine compa,rfrMnt, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing;
152A 29-pole white connector,152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
177 Control unit for the APC systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
178 Knock sensoron the engine, below the intake manifold
179 Solenoid valveon the radiator fan casing
180 Pressure transmitterunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)
187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Controlin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
233 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
Saab900
Saab~OO
29
ponents
~ enheel
12 11
015H 422
•26 VT 1.524 GL 1.5
1GN 0.5
3
1259
20
41BGN 0.5
12(M89)123P(M90)GR/Vl 1.5
1
~
41A SV 0.5
T,M90: GB
EU,GB
10
3
I SE,FI,EU, US,CA,GB,M90: JP ME,FE,AU M89: JP
,,~I3 3
373SV 0.75
SE'F1'EU'GB'ME}FE,AU,M90: JP .
59G -----1-'''''''_.BR r 0.75 US,CA,M89: JP
59BR/Vr 0.75
17
158
'--- 13, 14,
234 (US,CA)
'-- ... 13, 14,15,234 (US,CA)
Saab900
Headlam
~M89: GB
~~B2'5
B 60
'"- 18GL 1.5 ~
~ c
19A 18A ~~BL 1.0 GL 1.0 ""-=t.'J,, ~--'-'''--I>
20GR 1.5
SAGR 4.0
+30I
s
31
56B56A
7
8
30 31 GL 1.5 } 1528r-+--_-;-.......=86=t-__{ 31A 60 31 ~8c1-"'31'--GL~1!=.5~-+ ....J
~~L
23 GR 1.525 BL VT 1.5
XX't/- --=-28"-='SV-'--'-1."'5,
11 12
Saab900
Cars for Italian market and 1990 models for GB
Cars delivered to these market are fitted with warninglamp 47V which shows when the headlamps areswitched on. '
Headlamps diQ3
fault..tracing hintsThe headlamps wi II be operative when ignition switch20 is in the drive position and when light switch 10 isin position 2.
1. Check fuses 14 and 15 (full beams) and fuses16 and 17 (dipped beams) and check that thesupply to them is live.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing at each lamp.
3. Check the light switch, the lighting relay and theterminals of the dip switch.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
For particulars of fault-tracing on the parking lights,see the section entitled "Parking lights".
GB market (1989 model)
Cars delivered to the GB market also have dim dippedbeams. These cars are fitted with two single-poleconnectors (60) in the electrical distribution pox.
ration
,n the light switch is in position.2 upplywillal<en from terminal 56 to th' r" coil in
ting relay 8, via red 29-pole con 52B. They coil will be energised and t8.;9ts will beto their "right-hand" P?~iti~~~;':~ I' ,,' beam fil
, nts 11 are supplied (+30pJiatlle'contacts oftheer" coil and terminaI56~,iqcrrO$S fuses 14 and
eadlamps can be switched on onlywhenigniswitch 20 is in the parked ordrjX,~,' position.ntwill then flow to terminal XOflighJ~Witch 10.
"lower" coil is used for switching between fullm and dipped beam. Each time the coil is ener
ed by operation of dips""itch 215, the contactsange position and remaTnthere until the dip switchoperated again.
e supply from fuse 15 is also taken to full beamrning lamp 47G in the combined instrument.
r particulars ofthe lighting wiring in light switch 10n cars destined for the US and CA markets and the989 model for JP, see the section entitled "Lighting
or controls, US, CA and 1989 model for JP".
Parking lights
When the headlamps are switched on, parking lights13, which also include rear lights 14 and numberplate illumination 15, will also be alight. (On certainmarkets, side marker lights 234 are also included.)
When the headlamps are switched on, the supply tothe parking lights is taken from light switch 10 inposition 2 via terminals Xand 58. The parking lightsare discussed in a separate section.
eadlamp flasher
he full beams can also be switched on by means ofdip switch 215, regardless of the setting of the ignition switch and the light switch.
When the dip switch is operated, both coils in thelighting relay will be energised. Full beam filaments11 are then supplied (+30) from terminal 30 of lighting relay 8, via the relay contacts and terminal 56A.
Dipped beamsWhen the light switch is in position 2, the supply willbe taken from terminal 56 to the "upper" coil inlighting relay 8, via 29-pole red connector 1528. Therelay coil will be energised and the contacts will beset to their "right-hand" position. Dipped beam filaments 12 are supplied (+30) via the contacts of the"lower" coil and terminal 56B, across fuses 16 and17.
Saab900
104 Headlamps
Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
7 Earthing point on the radiatorcross-member
8 Lighting relayin the electrical distributlonbm< in the engine compartment, relay positions A and B
10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia
11 Full beam filamentin the left-hand andiJiight,:\haQcL/leadlamps
,--'.- .-- ':t-;::".-" ':':':--"--
12 Dipped beam filament: ;J,;'"
in the left-hand and right-hanctheadlamps
13 Parking lightsin the front light clusters
14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-0in the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-0in the rear light clusters
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)
17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47G Full beam warning lampin the combined instrument in the instrument panel
47V Warning lamp, headlamps switched onin the combined instrument in the instrument panel
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
592-pole connectorin the fascia, beside light switch 10
60 Single-pole connector (GB) (1989 model)two in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
113 Relay for the electrically heated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
152A152B
158
215
234
29-pole white connector29-polered connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Dip switchon the left-hand side of the steering column
Side marker lightsin the. front light clusters
B22A
60t60 M1989
152A1528158
41G,41V
Saab900'
Headlamps 105
21ti
0150 412B
1528
24 GL 1.5
Saab900
m -- GB, 1989 model
T 0.5
12
29 SV 1.$ XX7
+30II 152A
7 GR 2.$
60568 86r=..:.-=-...:.=------i2::~---.::.3"-'""GL,,--,-,,1.5=----p 18 q---=.31,-,G""L,-,1;;o;.5'---J
15287A GR 1.0
$]7A GR 1.0
1
~ 12GR/VT 1.5
'"ci
'" l-N >l- n:> '"« m
~
312ASV 0.75
161 5
373SV 0.75
1528 3
[12
Dim dip
23 GR 1.5
Dim dipped beam - GB 1989 model
XX)f--------:--;=:;;7TTT}';":'---:----_____
12
106
Saab900
rationdipped beams are fitted only toc'arts'for the GBet.
n the dim dipped beams areslJlfilsh~d on. the~d beams will be alight at 1QrQ;iQi~~11§ity,and theing lights will also be switched qri., ,
-~---.. " ;', '..;' \ ~/:< :,
n the parking lights are swlt,,grl:t switch 10 is in position1.' '}j'Q-( relay 78 isrgised across fuse 19 and the r ay is energised.circuit is earthed acrossteFaY(2S9. When relay
>is energised, the dipped'oeaiTlfilamEmts will bepplied from fuse 4, across tl;l~ relay contacts andistor 80. .' .m the relay, dipped beam filaments 12 are suped across fuses 16 arid'·!t '7.en the headlampsa~~wltched to dipped beam:
ght switch 10 is in position 2, and the bulbs arepplied across the lighting relay 8. The coil of relay
8 is not energised. and the relay contacts open theircuit across resistor 80.
fault-tracing hints1. Set the ignition switch to the parked position.
2. Check fuse 4 and check that the supply to it islive.
3. Check the headlamp bulbs and check that thesupply to them is live.
4. Check fuses 16 and 17.
5. Check the operation of light switch 10 and relays 78 and 259 by measuring at their terminals.
6. Check resistor 80.
7. Check the cable harnesses and earth connections.
".;f.
'tilm box in the enyipositions A and 8
Ea
Earthi
Lighffn ..in the"'e'rgine cbWlb
Light sWitcn;y(on the left-hand·
3
7
8
10
': -;;-:;;-<>
12 Dipped beam filam\l«til~ft;'>
in the left-handql)chright..hand headlamps
13 Parking lightsin the front light clustersi
14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2~D and 4-0in the rear light clusters
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
60 Single-pole connector. two in the electrical distribution box in the
engine compartment, on· the left-handwheel housing
78 Relaybehind the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment
80 Resistorbehind the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car,
158 Negative distribution terminal. in the electrical distribution box in the en
gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
259 Reverse current protection relaybehind the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
Saab900
10
Saab900
86060
152A1528158
Dirn dipped b . ...' .earn-GS::
nents
ed
ond)
1
~I
m~el
alslIe
he1d
en:i B
24 GL 1.5
ing lightStd
Saab900
'-- 13, 14,
234'--- .._ 13, 14, 15,
234
D
oq
'" oq 20C!)
0 l-N > 15
80
'"'"0> 1528<Xl
1860 895 GL 0.5 "'
I->Z<:>
'"~
60 894A GL VT 1.5on
1 I->
+30
~z<:>
I "-I '"~
1528 7AGR 1.0
894-GL/VT 1.0
56 31 GL 1.5
10on
"0 on"I- 0
> >'" III[Q
""t> N0> ;;:;on
3on
"0I->
'"[Q
0>on
17
152818A GL 1.0
23 GR 1.5
12
XX 28 SV 1.5 29 SV 1.5
7
+30 +54 +30I I II I II I I
0 on..,: N on
'"l- N
C!) >'""" 11N "" <:>
on VT 2.5 "
Saab900
fault..traclng hintsThe daylight driving lights will be operative whenignition switch 20 is in the drive position and lightswitch 10 is in position 0 or 1.
1. Check fuses 16 and 17 (dipped beams) andcheck that the supply to them is live.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing.
3. Check light switch 10 and relay 174.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
rationars for the CA market, the headlamp. di~peds also serve as daylightdriving Iigl1tS.;The lightse switched on when the ignition sv,htch is in theposition and the Iight switch isseftoi ®or1:'The
ihg lights, rear lights, number pi H.lminationside marker lights will also be a
n ignition switch 20 is in the dtjv~;;position andswitch 10 is in position 0 or1i,tt¥rmiinal 87A of174 will supply dippedb~pl}l>f!'i3ments 12
s fuses 16 and 17.
n the light switch is in PQ§!li;9P\fyreJay 174 willnergised from terminal5(3pfil!gfutswitch 10. They will be energised, thuss~it9hing out the dayt driving lights, in ordert'o'avo'd·reverse currents.
Saab900
10 Light ;:'WI'Lt;II
on the left:-h.cl'l~~~.ij€~~:i~)ftli:le fascia
12 Dipped beamfWi1lin the left-hand and
13 Parking lightsin the front light cluster~{i
14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)
17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
60 Single-pole connectortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
113 Relay for the electrically heated rearwindowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position F
234 Side marker lightsin the front light clusters
(
14
, ..... g ... __ 14
11'4
113,8 'I¢l1....- ---'
Daylight driving lights - CA 113
Saab90()
mponents
n)
j-
e
ed
:e s22A60
113152A15213174 14
S
N
1-
1
~I
~r
It
1
3
7
11
015H 142A .
29 26SV 1.5 VI 1.5
278l/vT 0.75
88/ ID ,
'-...
477VI 0.75
19A 8l 1.0
4768l/vI 0.75
Saab9.00
CA
174~+30
894+30 +15
1-GL/VT 1.0 .
I II 1528 21 I I475 894 7A 12(M89)
-'i;S: GR 1.5 GL/VI 1.0 GR 1.0 123P(M90)GR/VT 1.5
0 2
1
10
~3l2ASV 0.75
3 17
59C 8R VT 0.75
474GR 1.5
7
28SV 1.5
Extra fog
11
258l/vI 1.5
114
./
Saab900
Fault-tracing hints 0
The extra fog lamps can be switched on by settinglight switch 10 to position 1 or 2 and depressingswitch 88.
1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check full beam filaments 11 and full beamwarning lamp 47G.
o. Check each fog lamp and check that the supplyto it is live. Check the earthing at the lamp.
4. Check fuse 15. If the fuse has blown, the fog 0
lamps will not be extinguished when the fullbeams are switched on.
5. Check rel'ay 107, light switch 10 and switch 88,by measuring at their terminals.
6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth connections. .
ong lamps are fitted only to carsdestinedforthed Canada, and to the 1989 mOd~Is for,JP.
'lamps are wired so that theycCiQ.ge svvi.~c:hed
when the parking lights or diPR~~,:,beams areed on. " '"
supplied to Canada, the ~*~~~0~~¢lampscanched on regardless of thepoS'ition of light
'10.
light switch 10 is in pq~i~iqH;~~,~~~fking lights)ull beam/dipped beamY,switd, 88 for the extra
pswill be supplied viqt.~~minaloo or termina.lght switch 10. ,..... 0,
n the switch is depreS$ea,'r~Iay 107 will bergised, since its coli wUiibe earthed across filnts 11 for the left '00 "and right-hand fullms, and across fullb arning lamp 47G. Thep in the switch will then light up with full bright-
h extra fog lamps 85 then receive a positive supfrom fuse 21, across the relay contacts, which aresed.
en the full beams are switched on, the relay will be;-energised, and the fog lamps will be switched off,n if the switch is depressed. This isdue to the fact
at a positive voltage is then being supplied to bothides of the relay.coil.
·ars for this market are equipped with daylightdriving lights. Relay 174 for the daylight driving lightsgives a positive supply to the extra fog lamps when~he light switch is in position O.
1.5
Saab900
3
7 Eartllih
10 Light swiii'on theleftl ofthe fascia
11 Full beam filament ...in the left-hand~;r1(:j«lght""handheadlamps
17 Extra rheostat fortAl'lighting of switchesand controlson the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47G Full beam warning Iqmpin the combined instrument in the instrumentpanel
85 Extra fog lampsunder the front bumper
88 Switch for extra fog lampson the fascia
107 Relay for extra fog lampsin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position D
1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
ponents
Saab900
+15I
17 CA174~ +30
Ie 894 I
d GL/VT 1.0 II-
1528 21 ~I>0: 0:lD 894 <>
m GL/VT 1.0 ..t-
Ied 128I- GR/VT 0.5>0:lD
g.,
149 SV 0.5149A SV 0.5
47C GN 0.75
211A SV 1.5
189A SV 0.75
41 GN RD 1.0
15
7
189 sv 1.544 GN 0.75
Saab900
1528
44GN 0.75
93
45 GN 0.75
60
42 8L 0.75
148 SV 0.5148A SV 0.5
42 BL 0.75
189D SV 1.0
14
US,CA
{--1-W -"47-'-"G"-N-"0"-'.7-"5 -;::~5~7;=====4~~j]fA~G~~ViOI·~:[5:::;-l
123 (SE,FJ,EU,GB)Ie 59(ME,FE,AU,US,CA,JP)dz<>!;t
Ied-'lD
60' ", ~
14
2-0,4-0
3-0,5-0
43 BL 0.75
rking I
:·<:;i~,('-"lD
Q
~d
~ 3~ ~..
QL--+---'====Mag: GB
59
rationarking lights can be switched on and off bys of light switch 10, to which the supply (+30)ays live, regardless of the position Of theigni
switch.
n the light switch is to position 1- "Parkings" the supply to parking lights 13 is taken acrossred 29-pole connector 152B and fuses 18 andThe left-hand side of the car is supplied across19 and the right-hand side across fuse 18.
r lights 14 are also supplied across fuses 18 andand the white 29-pole connector 152A. Numbere illumination 15 is supplied across fuse 18.
rear-light supplies of the 3-D and 5-D modelser somewhat from each those of the 2-D and 4-Ddels. The 3-D and 5-D models are equipped withadditional rear lights (14) on the tailgate.
particulars of the lightingwiring in light switch 10cars destined for US, CA and JP, see the section
titled "Lighting for controls, US, CA, JP".
ht fittings marked "A" are for cars without inteated bumpers.
and·CA marketsars for the US and CA markets are also equippedith side marker lights 234, which are supplied viarking lights 13. One-half of the bulb for each direc-
ion indicator is used for the corresponding sidearker light.
B market (1989 model)Cars delivered to the GB market also have dim dippedbeams. These cars are also provided with a singlepole connector 60 in the electrical distribution box.
On cars for the CA market, the parking lights will beswitched on when the light switch is in position 0 andthe ignition is switched on.
Italian market and 1989 cars for GOCars for these market are equipped with warninglamp 47Vwhich lights up when the parking lights areswitched on.
Saab900
Fault..traclng hintsThe parking lights are switched on when light switch10 is set to position 1.
1. Check fuses 18 and 19 and check that the supply to them is live.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing at each lamp.
3. Check the operation of light switch 10 by measuring at the light switch terminals.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Saab900
locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia
13 Parking lightsin the front light clusters
14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)
17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47V Warning lamp, headlamps switched onin the combined instrument in the instrument panel
57 3-pole connector (3-D and 5-D)in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlet
59 2-pole connector (2-D and 4-D)in the boot lidin the fascia, beside light switch 10
59 2-pole connector (3-D and 5-D) (1990model)in the boot lid, on the left-hand side
60 Single-pole connectortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing (G8) (1989 model)in the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)
93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member
123 4-pole connector (3.;D and 5-D) (1990model)in the luggage compartment, on the lefthand side
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
234
driving lights (CA)ibution box in the en, y position F
Saab900
0150 OOJA
59132 RO 1.0
133 RO 0.75
9
372 8L RO 1.5189 SV 1.5
109 10959
onr-ei0
l8ge0: SV 0.75
SE,FI,GB,US,CA ~ SE,FI,GB,US,CAJP,AU,ME,FE
....JP,AU,ME,FE
189E SV 0.75
1320 RO 0.75
1890 SV 1.0
132 RO 1.0
Brake lights,
132 RO 1.0
Saab900
2-0,4-Q
+30II
31
e;~
2-D, 4-0
3-D, 5-0
30 132ARO 1.5
Saab 900
pply to brake Iight switch 29 is takerifft6inifdse,gcross the white 29-pole connector 152A. When'brakes are applied, the contacts will close ande lamps 30 will be energised.
nding on the market, one or twol<;lmps (30) areon each side for the brake IigMtS.lf two lampssed, the second lamp is connecteg by means of
Ie 132A (3-D and 5-D) or cable 132Bwith connec69 (2-D and 4-D).
pean market
Ie 132A (3-D and 5-D) is,nolused and connector(2-D and 4-D) is not fitted. Only one lamp on
h side will light up when the brakes are applied.e extra lamps are used for the rear fog lightstead.)
rs for the SE, FI and GB markets are fitted withh-Ievel brake light at the bottom of the rear win
w. On 3-D and 5-D cars, the brake light is conted across two single-pole connectors (one in thegage compartment at the left-hand air outlet and
e in the tailgate), whereas on the 2-D and 4-Dodels, it is connected across two-pole connector9.
stmUan, Middle East and Far EastmarketsCable 132A (3-D and 5-D) is used. Connector 269(2-D and 4-D) is fitted, and two lamps will thereforelight up on each side of the car.
In addition, cars forthese markets are equipped withhigh-level brake light 109 at the bottom of the rearwindow. On 3-D and 5-D cars, the brake light is connected to the left-hand light cluster in the tailgate bymeans oftwo single-pole connectors, whereas on the2-D and 4-D models, it is connected across two-poleconnector 59.
USA, Canadian and Japanese marketsOn cars for these markets, cable 132A (3-D) andcable 138B (2-D and 4-D) is used, and two lampsthus light up on each side of the car.
In addition, cars for these markets are equipped withhigh-level brake light 109 at the bottom of the rear.window. On 3-D cars, the brake light is connected tothe left-hand light cluster in the tailgate by means oftwo single-pole connectors, whereas on the 2-D and4':D models, it is connected across two-pole connector 59.
ConvertibleOn the Convertible, high-level brake light 109 is located in the spoiler and is connected by means oftwo2-pole connectors 59. The connectors are located atthe left-hand hinge of the boot lid.
Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 31 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to brake Iight switch 29 islive.
3. Operate the brake light switch. Check the bulbsand check that the supplies to them are live.Check the earthing at each lamp.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
015H 003C
10959
59
189CSV 0.75
132A RO 0.75
189£ SV 1.0
133 RO 0.75
1890 SV 0.75
211ASV 1.5
109
189 SV 1.5
1328 RO 0.75
Saab900
30
(US.CA.JP.~
133A RO 0.75
30
132RO 1.0
132A RO 0.75
1890 S>I 1.0
132A RO 0.75
Brake Ii
2 0,4 D
+30II
?:.J
13<>on
2-D, 4-0
3-D, 5-0
30
124
Saab900
pply to brake light switch 29 is takenfromfuse, cross the white 29-pole connector 152A. When
rakes are applied, the contacts will close ande lamps 30 will be energised.
nding on the market, one or two lamps (30) areon each side for the brake lights. If two lampssed, the second lamp is connected by means of
e 132A (3-0 and 5-0) or cable 132B and cableA (2-0 and 4-0).
pean marketone lamp on each side will light up when the
es are applied. (The extra lamps are used for ther fog lights instead.)
rs for the SE, FI, EU and GB markets are fitted withh-Ievel brake light at the bottom of the rear win. On 3-0 and 5-0 cars, the brake light is con
cted across a two-pole connector in the luggagempartment at the left-hand air outlet and a 4-pole
nector in the tailgate, whereas on the 2-0 and 4-0dels, it is connected across two-pole connector
stmllan, Middle East, Far East, USA,nadlan and Japanese marketscars for these markets, two lamps will light up on
ach side of the car when the brakes are applied.
,addition, cars for these markets are equipped withigh-Ievel brake light 109 at the bottom of the rearindow. On 3-0 and 5-0 cars, the brake light is conected to the right-hand light cluster in the tailgate,
ereas on the 2-0 and 4-0 models, it is connectedcross two-pole connector 59.
onvertiblen the Convertible, high-level brake light 109 is 10ated in the spoiler and is connected by means of two-pole connectors 59. The connectors are located athe left-hand hinge of the boot lid.
Brake Iigl1ts,
fault..traclng hints1. Check fuse 31 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to brake light switch 29 islive.
3. Operate the brake light switch. Check the bulbsand check that the supplies to them are live.Check the earthing at each lamp~
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
\
9 luggage compartment
15 tion-5-0)A-O)
22A Fuse hdldein the electgine compartrrl'housing
29 Brake light switchat the brake pedal
30 Brake lampsin the rear light clusterson certain markets, also in thetailgate (3-0and 5-D)
57 3-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0 only)in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlet
59 2-pole connectorone in the boot, to the left, under the parcelshelf (2-D and 4-0)two in the boot, at the left-hand boot lidhinge, behind the trim (Convertible)
59 2-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (1990model)one in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outletone in the tailgate, on the left-hand side
60 Single-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0 only)(1989 model)one in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlettwo in the tailgate, at the left-hand lightcluster (US, CA, JP, AU, ME, FE)one in the tailgate, at the left-hand lightcluster (SE, FI,GB)
109 High-level brake lightat the bottom of the rear windowin the spoiler, on the boot lid (Convertible)
123 4-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (1990model)in the tailgate, on the left-hand side
152A 29-polewhite connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
Saab900
Saab900
1:990 mOde_I_1_27Brake lights, .
\
OISH 112A
119
32
1498 SVO.5
7
136VT 1.0
189E SV 1.0
31
76
9
AUT
Saab900
189D SV 1.0
136 VT 1.0
189 SV 1.5137 VT 0.75
93
~
I ,- { __----'::"':"'A'--V:!-'T'--1·1'-'°0"---- M.....-.-.._,_9_I.90} 137 VT 0.75
1'- .....::13:..:.7_V'-'T'--0"'-.7'-'5'-- ~
152A
Reversing Ii
135VT 1.5
1388 VT 0.75
1488 SV 0.5
11MVT 2.5
O __1!..::3",5A"-,,V.!..T...!.l''''0-l> 8 <1---,1",3,,-5...!.V.!..T...:;1.",-0__ <
+54
32
2-D, 4-D
3-D, 5-D
32
1388l/VT 1.0
USSE: T16.>--FI: T16,M89: T8,M90: T16)..
,..------,.--_._._.._---------_.
rationsupply to reversing light switch 31 is taken from13, across 29-pole white connector 152A.When
rse gear is engaged, the contacts will close andersing lamps 32 will light up.
ain models destined for certain markets are alsouipped with side reversing lights 119, located in
front light clusters. The side reversing lights areplied from the reversing light switch via conmactor
2A.
Saab900
Reversing liglflts 129
fault-tracing hintsThe reversing lights are switched on when reversegear is engaged and the ignition switch is in the driveposition.
1. Check fuse 13 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the reversing light switch terminalsare live.
3. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each ljilmp.
4. Check the connectors and the relevant cableharness.
Earthiflg'~ gage compartment
Fuse holder . {"H ti'; :,'r
in the elect~ibat'qi$~~i;9Mtiqnbox, in the engine compartmen'Cd:ri;x~Eileft-hand wheelhousing '.... ,' ,
Reversing light switchunder the centre console, to the left of theselector lever
Reversing lampsin the rear light clusters
Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at the selectorlever
Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member
Side reversing lightsin the front light clusters
29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car
76
93
32
7
9
22A
31
152A
119
Saab900
I
131Reve.rsing lights
-=
32
saab900'~'===~------------
ponents
uto.
en. leel
'om
189A SV 0.75
15
189 SV 1.5372 BL RD 1.5
Saab900
. 132A RD 1.559
372 BL RD 1.5
2-D, 4-0
3-D, 5-0
/
Rear (
1528 C'31 GL 1.5 t8
mTI+15
I IiI~I re
GBI- 01>0:: fcCI
1 ~ tc
~wD& th
~ 5·...JCI * 10«:0r-.,.., of)
r-.
Gci>lJ)
«: C;N;;; bE
1528'P(
370 GR/VT 1.5 370 GR/VT 1.5 416
372A BL/VT 0.5 FI
51 @!] 01
@!] lil147N
13..J
358
372 BL/RD 1.59
372 BL 1.5
rationfor certain markets only, including the Europeanet, are equipped with rear fog lights.
supply (+15) is taken from the ignition switGh tot switch 10. This must be in position 2 beforethe,fog lights can be switched on (headlamp§i,on.fulljpped beam). The supply is then run to,switQh161he rear fog lights across the red 29-pole,connec-152B and fuse 21. .
en the switch for the rear fog lights i~!~J~~~gRdn,two rear fog lights 33 will light up. ql\lit., .. ndmodels, the lamps for the rear <fQg,~ t$; areted in the tailgate.
s delivered to the GB market alsohav~:ctimqJ~P,edms. These cars are also provided witp, ~(~lngle
Ie connector 60 in the electrical distriQutionJ)ox.
cars for the FI market, only the left-hand rear foght is connected.
Saab900
Rear fog lights, 1989 model 133
Fault·tracing hintsThe rear fog lights can only be switched on when light Iswitch 10 is in position 2 and the ignition switch is inthe drive position.
1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each lamp.
3. Check the relevant cable harness.
I>
~Q.
'"'"
+15I
<ill
'".....ci>(J)
«'";;;
4
189A SV 0.75
15
372 BL RD 1.0
189 SV 1.5
Saab900
372 BL RD 0.75
358
33
1528
Rear1528
.-_-----::3::..1...::G::;:L....:.1::;.5___�::18et------------8
'"
'--_...::3:.:.:70~GR~/....:V..:.T....:.1:.:::.5~_I:: 161-----~37:..::0:....G:::.R~/..:.VT:....:.:1 •.:::.5 .::::,,¥----<:II372A BL/VT 0.5
372BL/RD 1.0
{
G8- 372
SE,FI,EU BL RD 1.0
372BL/RD 0.'75
1;3jGBSE,
~
59r-I:q:z20l- ::..37:..::2~BL:L/~RD::....:.:1.~5-!J 9 1- --=-:37:..::2....:.B~Lc...:l~.5~ _.J
2-D, 4-0
3-D, 5-0
Saab900
Rear fog lights, ,:J.;990model 135
. fault-tracing hintsThe rear fog Iights can only be switched on when lightswitch 10 is in position 2 and the ignItion switch is inthe drive position.
1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each lamp.
Check the relevant cable harness.
:.::.;;::<
•i"':::-:" T;';-::~ :.:-~:-:'
,._-"" <
rationfor certain markets only, including the European
ket, are equipped with rear fog lights.
upply (+15) is taken from the ignition switcptoswitch 10. This must be in Position2ib~forethe
fog lights can be switched on (headl~~ps' "fLJHipped beam). The supply is then run to'sW,tt ..'1
the rear fog Iights across the red 29"J)Qle c152B and fuse 21.
en the switch for the rear fog Iightsis,;pre$two rear fog lights 33willlight up.On;tt\e'/models, the lamps for the rearlfog:.,Ji ,.ted in the tailgate.
_._.X ,. '::-'.::c-):::,' .,","'-::.'_"".: ,.,,_. <." .,,/~:'
rs delivered to the GB market aISQha't~;;~,irridibbedms. These cars are alsQlPrpVi.<j~d;;(iyit~ a sing1e
Ie connector 60 in the electrlcaldi$tribution box.
cars for the SE, FI and EU markets, only the leftnd rear fog light is connected. On cars for the GBarket, only the right-hand rear fog light is concted.
Saab900
Ei'ldistribution box in the en-gin '.. fit, relay positions A and 8
9 Earti-r(Q~ luggage compartment
10 Light switcl'"j";'"on the left-handsidSJ:>fthe fascia
15 Number plateillt.1l11:iJ\lEitionon the tailgatet31iljarrd;5-0)on the rear sill (2;;[)'al1d4~0)
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
33 Rear fog lightsin the tailgate light clusters (3-0 and 5-0)in the rear light clusters (2-0 and 4-0)
47N Rear fog light warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia
57 3-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0)in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlet
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
59 2-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlet (3-0 and 5-0)
60 Single-pole connector (1989 model)one in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand light cluster (3-0 and 5-0)one in the electrical distribution box, in thengine compartment,. on the left-hanwheel housing (G8)
123 4-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (199model)in the luggage compartment, on the lefthand side
1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing. The connector is accessible frothe interior of the car.
161 Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia 137
, 161
Rear fog Iigh
33
47N
822A60 M1989
15218
822Aeo M1989
1528
Saab900
ponents
33
Ieft-
Ieft-
eft-
Ieft-
enleel'om
a onield)
:ia
28
015H 014A
71 70GL/RD 1.0 OR 1.0
A
71AGL/RD 0.75
80RD/VT 1.0
76A VT 0.5
47r T2~ 4.
<)1 H I Ie)L 2 13-.J 9 152C BOA
RD/VT 0.75193 193ASV 0.75 SV 0.75
390
158
nirlg lights -SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU
......
~25
189 SV 1.5
79 RD VT 0.75
79RD/VT 1.0
70A RD 1.0 2
rs,, EU, GB,
on indicaSE,
16 152C
93
27
2-0,4-0
14BASV 0.5
·77BL/VT ·1.0
"" Iii..._3_-_0_,_5_-_0__18_9_D_S_V_'_.O 9 1_89_E_S_V_1.0 ._._._~
Direction ··indicatPfS,i:malq.r
27
77ABL/VT 0.75
A
Di
138
Saab soo
irection indicators, hazard warning\lights - SE, FI, EU, GB.,ME, FE, AU 139
clion indicatorsrs for the USA and Canadian markets and 1989dels for the Japanese market are covered in a
parate section.
e supply is taken from fuse 7 to hazard warninght switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528. Itthen taken through this switch (in the unactuated
osition) to flasher relay 23.
hen direction indicator stalk switch 24 is rnovedom the neutral position, current pulses will be,sup~lied from flasher relay 23 to left-hand direction inicator lamps 27 or right-hand direction iridicatormps 28 (terminal Lor R), via connector58, anqpin1 (left) or pin 10 (right). The front larnPs are;'Cllsoupplied via the black 29-pole connector 152C.
n addition, the two direction indicator warningamps, 47H (left) and 471 (right) are connected inarallel with the direction indicator lamps for theespective side of the car.
ide direction indicators 89 and 90 are located onthe left-hand and right-hand front wings respectively.,The lamps are supplied in parallel with the direction'indica~or lamps in the front light clusters.
Light fittings marked "A" are for cars without integrated bumpers.
Hazard warning lightsThe supply is taken from fuse 27 to hazard warninglight switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528.When this switch is depressed, current is supplied toflasher relay 23 vi.a terminal 2.
From the flasher relay, the current pulses return toswitch 25. Since the switch is closed, the currentpulses continue to terminals 7 (left-hand) and 6(right-hand). Current pulses will be obtained onlywhen the flasher relay is energised.
Front and rear left-hand direction indicator lamps 27are then supplied with current pulses via terminal Lofdirection indicator stalk switch 24, across pin 11 ofconnector 58.
Lamps 28 on the right-hand side of the car are supplied in the same way from terminal R of directionindicator stalk switch 24, across pin 10 of connector58.
The two direction indicator warning lamps 47H (Iefthand) and 471 (right-hand) will also flash.
Since switch 25 is closed, the lamp in the switch willalso flash.
fault-tracing hintsDirection indicatorsThe direction indicators are operative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 7 and check thCit the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminals 1 and2Qf h?lzard warninglight switch 25 are live.
3. Check that terminals 49 and 49Aq:f.tlasher relay23 are live. ,~
4. Check that terminal 54 of direction indicatorstalk switch 24 is live.
5. Operate the direction indicator st,Hk s:NVitch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth coflnections.
Hazard warning lightsThe supply to the hazard warning lights is always live.
1. Check fuse 27 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supply to hazard warning light .switch 25 is live.
3. Press the switch and check that terminal 2 islive.
4. Check that terminals 49 and 49Aofflasher relay23 are live.
5. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and .earth connections.
Saab 900
nents
EU, GB, ME, FE, AU
3
7p eradiatorcross-member9 Earthirig1pOfnfil11il1Eiluggage compartment
22A Fuse holderin the electfic~J~I~trI~[JtiClnbox, in the engine compartm~nt;on the left-hand wheelhousing
23 Flasher relayunder the fascia on tile left-hand side, behind the knee shield
24 Direction indicator stalk switchon the left-hand side of the steering column
25 Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia
27 Direction indicator lamps, left-handin the front and rear light clusters onleft-hand side of the car
28 Direction indicator lamps, right-handin the front and rear light clusters on theright-hand side of the car
47H Left-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia
471 Right-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
89 Side direction indicator, left-handon the left-hand front wing
90 Side direction indicator, right-handon the right-hand front wing
93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel ho'ing member
1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing 141
tionindicators, hazard warning lights
89,90
24
27 (28)
47H,471
23
Saab900
27(28)
Direction indicators, hazard war.qiqgJights -SE, FI, EU
27 (28)
Components
D15H 020A
-us,
f--
<:.o
'"oro
28
on"o'"'"NNN
1Ui14.........if~s:l~g/VT 0.75
.... ~90I~~ 0.75
rh158
and 1989 JP
59BR/VT
0.75
17
70OR 1.0
7
onof->o
'"«0>
"
71GL/RD 1.0
71GL/RD 1.D
llCVT 2.5
3
onof->«<D
" 47ri2-<=]1 H
LL_193 193ASV 0.75 SV 0.75
+54II
1528
wa1989JP
79 RD VT D.75
189 SV 1.5
80 RD VT 1.0
222 GR 0.75
79 RD VT 1.076 BL VT 1.0
24R
79BRD/VT 1.0
Icators,a
+xII
76BBL/VT 1.0
77 BL VT 1.0
'~~~---F-+7-9-----'~--~~~--='=-='-='---='-'"1'""1lRD/VT 1.0
EO
on I
on on 70A RD 1.0 2
" "~ 0 00 f--
f-- '" >> "-"- '" '"--' D mm
0
" N N
" N N
93
148 SV 0.5
Saab 900
148A SV 0.5
i!
~D~;-E- ~_~=_==.w .
77ABL/VT 0.75
89on"00
'"'"158 D
23 LNN
Di
Saab900
us, CA..and 1989 JP
5. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Hazard wamlng lightsThe supply to the hazard warning lights is always live.
1. Check fuse 27 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supply to hazard warning lightswitch 25 is live.
3. Press the switch and check that terminal 2 islive.
4. Check that terminals 49 and 49A offlasher relay23 are live.
To check the comer UghtsActivate this system by turning the ignition switch tothe drive position.
1. Check fuse 20 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminal 1 of switch 24 is live.
3. Operate the direction indicator stalk switch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
4. Check the relevant cable harness and earth connections.
Fault..tracing hintsDirection indicatorsThe direction indicators are operative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminals 1 and 2 of hazard warninglight switch 25 are live.
3. Check that terminals 49 and 49A of flasher relay23 are live.
4. Check that terminal 54 of direction indicatorstalk switch 24 is live.
5. Operate the direction indicator stalk switch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply' tothem is live.
6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth connections.
ard warningector 1528. It
the unactuated
The supply is taken from fusIight switch 25 via the red2 .is then taken through thiSSposition) to flasher relay
When direction indicatorstalkf,switch 24 is movedfrom the neutral PositiOQr'gp'r[ehfpulses will be supplied from flasher relay 23"tb left-hand direction indicator lamps 270cright~hand direction indicatorlamps 28 (terminal LorR), via connector 58, and pin11 (left) or pin 10 (right). The front lamps are alsosupplied via theblack29-pole connector 152C.
In addition, the two direction indicator warninglamps, 47H (left) and 471 (right) are connected inparallel with the direction indicator lamps for therelevant side of the car.
OperationDirection Indicators
This section covers onlydian markets and 1989 IYlr,rl",lc'
market.
The front light clusters of cars for these markets arealso equipped with corner lights 118, which light upwith a steady white light when the correspondingdirection indicator flashes. The corner lights are issupplied directly from fuse 20 (not through theflasher relay). Fuse 20 is live when the ignition switchis in the parked or drive position.
The respective lamp 118 is supplied from terminal 3(left-hand) or 2 (right-hand) of direction indicatorstalk switch 24, via the black 29-pole connector152C.
Side direction indicators 89 and 90 are located onthe left-hand and right-hand front wings respectively.The lamps are supplied in parallel with the directionindicator lamps in the front light clusters.
Direction indicatorst
Hazard wamlng lights
The supply is taken from fuse 27 to hazard warninglight switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528.When this switch is depressed, current will be supplied to flasher relay 23 via terminal 2.
From the flasher relay, the current pulses return toswitch 25. Since the switch is closed, the currentpulses continue to terminals 7 (left-hand) and 6(right-hand). Current pulses will be obtained onlywhen the flasher relay is energised.
Front and rear left-hand directi.on indicator lamps 27are then supplied with current pulses via terminal L ofdirection indicator stalk switch 24, across pin 11 ofconnector 58.
Lamps 28 on the right-hand side of the car are supplied in the same way from terminal R of direction
. irldicator switch 24, across pin 10 of connector 58.The two direction indicator warning lamps 47H (Iefthand) and 471 (right-hand) will also flash. Sinceswitch 25 is closed, the lamp in the switch will alsoflash.
Saab9C),.O .
.,
the fascia
.. ponents
and 1989 JP
Earthihg'poinli'o'!1ithll:fradiatorcross-member__:: ., _:.)~_·_,,<.-::-t:n· :r?·~~-/ (."::
Earthing 'poi'niin the luggage compartment
Fuse holder.. .. t\h/': ....•
in the electricatdi$V!pLition box, in the engine compartmenf,'on the left-hand wheelhousing
Flasher relayunder the fascia on the left-hand side, behind the knee shield
47H
89
58
471
28
27
24
93
90
25
23
Direction indicator stalk switchon the left-hand side ofthe steering column
Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia
Direction indicator lamps, left-handin the front and rear light clusters on thE'left-hand side of the car
Direction indicator lamps, right-handin the front and rear light clusters on theright-hand side of the car
Left-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the.fascia
Right-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia
12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
Side direction indicator, left-handon the left-hand front wing
Side direction indicator, right-handon the right-hand front wing
Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous,(ing member'
Corner lightsin the fr:ont light clusters
29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
118
1528152C
LocatiQn~
3
7
9
22A
145
89,90
24
lights - us, CA and 1989 JP
4711,47;
23
27 (28)
Saab900
22,0..152B152C158
11827 (28)
27 (28)
Direction indicators,h
25
Components
, GB,
nd 1990 JP
+xI.I300RD 1.0
GB, FE, AU
ting r CO Is-E, FE, AU and
Saab900
3
+xII300RD 1.0
Lighting fOr contrOls-=SE,F
SE, FI, EU, ME, M90: JP
206 BR/VT 0.75 206 BR/VT 0.75
14-:- - - - 1 14---·-1I 1I I147 147I I
2 2
9159 3 59 3BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75
98 981
59A 58 59A 58BR/VT 0.5 BL/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.5 BL/VT 0.75
154
267 267
JM90 61B M90 61B
BR/VT 0.5 BR/VT 0.5
148 59 r 11 148 59 r '1I 1282 1 X 1282L 7..1
117 L 7.J 11318B 3188 128SV 0.75 SV 0.75 SV 0.75
160
7B5A 31BA 785ASV 0.75 sv 0.75 SV 0.75
36
146
Saab900
Fault·tracing hints1. Check the appropriate fuses and check that the
supply to them is live.
2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Other switchesWhen the ignition switch is in the drive position, thelamps in the following switches will be supplied(+54) via a resistor in the corresponding switch,which reduces the brightness of the light. When theswitch is depressed, the resistor will be by-passed,and the lamp will light up with full brightness.
25 Hazard warning light switch116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-
dow143 Recirculation switch, AC169 AC switch252 Driver's seat heating rheostat (not via resis-
tor)
For particulars ofthe wiring for the lighting in theseswitches, see the section dealing with the corresponding function.
In additio'n, the dial lighting for the radio (267) connected to connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.
gforexcept
rJapan.
cnes, etc.
Combined Tr1strument lightingAshtray iIJYllJi flationLightingforthe cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controlsHeadlamp beam control lighting (1990model)
lighting for control
OperationThere are several market versionsthe controls. This section covers athe USA and Canada, andthe 198 '
The diagram shows the supply toon cars with built-in lamps.
Rheostat 16When the ignition switQh) ,arked,drive orstart position, rheostat16', lipplied via the red29-pole connector 152B~nafuse 23.
The brightness of tflihg instrument lightingcan be steplessly ad] 'd y means of rheostat 16in combined instrumentA7:
~~,
Switches on the centre consoleIf the car is equipped with electric windows, thebrightness of the built-in lamps in the electric win-
, , dow regulator switches will remain constant.
.For particulars of the wiring, see the section entitled"Electric window regulators".
162 ,Switch for driver's door electric window regu-lator
163 Switch for co-driver's door electric window','regulator
189 iSwitch for the rear-d.oor electric window reg-'ulators'
190 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulator
191 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator
191A Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator
(190A and 191A are located in the respective reardoor.)
Switch 181 for the electrically operated sunroof (orConvertible top) and gear indicating light 91 (on carswith automatic transmission) are also supplied viafuse 23.
Saab900
"of componentslng point in the fascia
E~rthing point on the radiator cross-member(1990 model)
Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument
18 Combined instrument lightingin the combined instrument on the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
25 Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia
36 Motor for the ventilation fanbehind the right-hand speaker grille
47 Combined instrumenton the fascia
48 Cigarette lighteron the fascia
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the ~teering column (behind theknee shield)
59 2-pole connectoron the fascia, behind the cigarette lighter
60 Single-pole connector. between the front seats, under the front section of the centre console
74 Resistor for ventilation fanaccessible under the left-hand speakergrille
91 Gear indicating lightbetween the front seats, at the gearselector(auto.)
98 10-pole connector (for radio 267)one in the fascia, behind the panel for theradioone to the left of the steering column, behind the fascia knee shield
116 Switch for the electrically heated rear windowon the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
143 Recirculation switch, ACon the fascia
148 Ashtray illuminationon the fascia, in the ashtray
1528152C
153
154
160
162
163
169
181
189
190
190A
191
191A
252
267
282
29- ector2~,ctorin t ribution box in the engirie'S,;;nthe left-hand wheelhousing. ttors are accessiblefrom the'irite·car
Lighting for th~; ~ite lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter
Lighting for heater~?ntr?lson the fascia, attheresPE;l'c1:ive heater con-trol ' ,,',
Switch for glove compartment illuminationon the right-hand side ofthe glove compartment
Switch for driver's doorelectric window regulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch, ACon the fascia
Switch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)between the front seats, at the front of thecentre console
Switch for the rear-door electric window regulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre con-sole .
Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door
Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door
Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia
Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the radio panel.
Headlamp beam control switch (1990model)on the fascia
252
Saab900
190A '-::'~~::l191A
Lighting for controls
mponents
9 forJP
456Gsv 1.5
58 8R 0.75
01SH 072
•
on'09 C! "1 ...SV 0.75 0
> > >
'" '" '"" " ~..,
3 117
479 BR 0.75
456Csv .1.5
15- US,
71A BR
116C BR T 0.75
117
2148 BR VT 0.75
3188 sv 0.75
Saab900
.56ASV 1.5
2'5SV 0.75
4-'I(116
I5_J
592SV 2.5
rI
154 IIL_
448 GN 0.75
456L... -'-- ""\ISV 1.5
r--IIIIL _
g for con
618R/VT 0.5
117
CAB
592sv 2.5
467 BR VT 0.75467f BR T 0.75
4670 BR VT 0.75467E BR VT 0.75
593 467A 467C 4678GN 0.75 BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75
r 4' r 4' r '41 r ., 1 r .,1 .1181 I (181 1 1162 1 11 63 P90A 1 J191AL 5...1 L 1...1 L' L '..J '..J L '-I4568
SV 1.5
2068R/VT 0.75
he diagram shows the supply to the sWitches, etc.hich have built-in lamps.
he supply to rheostats 16 and 17 itnviewhen thegnition switch is in the parked, drive ()r start posiion. The supply is taken from fuse23 Cjcross the red
29-pole connector 1528.
eostat16he brightness of instrumentlighting 18 can be step
ressly adjusted by means ofrheostat 16 in-combinedinstrument 47.
In addition, the following instrument lighting can becontrolled by means of rheostat 17:
Switches and lighting on the centre console
91 Gear indicating light (cars with automatictransmission)Switch for driver's door electric window regulatorSwitch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorSwitch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)Switch for the rear-door electric window regulatorsSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator
Switches and lighting on the fascia
10 Light switch25 Hazard warning light switch88 Switch for extra fog lamps
116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-dow
143 Recirculation switch, AC148 Ashtray illumination153 Lighting for the cigarette lighter154 Lighting for the heater controls169 Switch, AC252 Driver's seat heating rheostat (not via resis-
tor)
For particulars of the wiring for the lighting in theseswitches, see the section dealing with the corresponding function.
In addition, the dial lighting for the radio (267) connected to connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.
Saab900
Fault..tracing hintsThe supply to the lighting for the controls is live whenthe ignition switch is in the parked, drive or startposition.
1. Check fuse 23 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the input and output of rheostat 17are live.
3. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
.:liS;gl[ightingfor controls -.;;: US, CAanc.t1989 for JP
Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
10 Light switch 152B
on the left-hand side of the fascia
16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument
17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches 153and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
15418 Combined instrument lighting
in the combined instrument on the fascia
22A Fuse holder 162in the electrical distribution box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
25 Hazard warning light switch 163on the right-hand side of the facia
47 Combined instrumenton the fascia
48 Cigarette lighter 169
on the fascia
57 3-pole connector 181
one at the left-hand B pillar, behind the trimone at the right-hand B pillar, behind thetrimone one under the driver's seat 189
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe .Ieft of the steering column (behind theknee shield) 190
59 2-pole connectorone on the fascia, behind the cigarettelighter
60 Single-pole connector 190A
one in each rear door/ one between the front seats, under the front
! section of the centre console 191!II
Switch for extra fog lamps88on the fascia
91 Gear indicating light191Abetween the front seats, atthe gear selector
98 10-pole connector (for radio 267)one in the fascia, in the radio contact box
252one to the left of the steering column, be-hind the fascia knee shield
116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win- 267
dowon the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever
143 Recirculation switch, ACon the fascia
Saab 900
.~~htray .illumination.q@thE;lJascia, in the ashtray
~g-pol~ red connectorinth7~17c~rital distribution box in the en-
.giQ;e.;g9wp.~jr;1:rrJent, on the left-hand wheelhOySing.ThE;l...c:onnector is accessible fromthe interiorotthe car.
Lighting for the cigarette lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter·
Lighting for heater controlson the fascia, at the respective heater control
Switch for driver's door electric window regulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch, ACon the fascia
Switch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)between the front seats, at the front of thecentre console
Switch for the rear-door electric window regulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con-"sole
Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door
Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door
Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia
Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the radio panel
S848
Lighting for controls - US, CA and 1989 for JP 153
1847
a.:.:10::.- ---l '-'-'16:-- --' L.:..:17~ __I
~ ~ ~ ~c ...;.... ~...-
148153
143 154 169
"@@
fiB[tJ162 -163 W
189 i~190 190A"191 191A 252
Saab900,
Components
54
+30II
54
015H 052A
657GR/RD 1.0
500GN 1.0
500GN 1.0
5M 5KGR 1.5 GR 2.5
9 152A
1408VT 0.75
151
T16, T16AM89: T8, T8A
116A: US,CA,AU,M89: JP
+54I
150AVT 0.75
US, CA, 150M89: JP GL 0.75
82~
167D 8R SV 0.75
167C BR SV 0.75·J'
171 SV 0.75
117
168SV 0.75
Saab900 .
58
171SV 0.75
1678R/SV 0.75
167E BR SV 0.75
82r -.., 1678
1 2 8R SV 0.75
L_.JUS,CA,M89: JP
54
50
51
5EGR 1.5
I erior Ii
+30II
Interior lighting
170SV 0.75
161 164GL 0.5 8L 0.5
165 162BL 0.5 GL 0.5
154
Saab900
OperationThere are two versions of the interior'lighting system- one with a time delay and one without; Cars withdelayed extinguishing of the interiori lighting areequipped with an extra relay 151'(seethe specialsection below).
The lights are supplied across fuse 28 and 29-polewhite connector 152A, regardless of the position ofthe ignition switch.
The interior lights can be switched on and off bymeans of interior lighting switch 53, at the ignitionswitch.
When switch 53 is in position 2 (forward position),centreroof lamp 50, front roof lamp 51 and ignitionswitch lamp 52 are always switched on.
In position 1 (rear position), the interior lighting willbe switched on if one of the door switches (54) ,isclosed, Le. if a door is opened. In position °(centreposition), the interior lights are always off.
On cars for the USA and Canadian markets, and 1989models for Japan, door switch 54 for the left-handfront door is supplied via seat belt/ignition switchwarning relay 82.
Time delayCars with the interior lighting delay are equipped withtime-delay relay 151 which is supplied across fuse12 when the ignition switch is in the drive position,and with a constant supply from distribution terminal
,+30, regardless of the position of the ignitionswitch.
When the interior lighting is switched on, by a doorbeing opened or a switch being operated, terminal Twill be earthed and relay 151 will be energised.
When the circuit is sUbsequently broken, by the doorbeing closed or the switch being operated, the interior lighting will remain switched on, since the timingcircuit of the relay will keep the earth circuit closedacross terminals T and 31.
The time delay is around 15 seconds, but will beinterrupted if the ignition switch is turned to the driveposition. A positive voltage (from +54) will then beslJPplied to terminal 15 ofthe relay. Both terminals15 and 30 - will then receive a positive supply. Therelay will thus be de-energised and the earth circuitacross terminals T and 31 will be broken.
Fa_lIlt..tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the su[)ohlto:jf
live.
2. Check the bulbs for the interior lighting andcheck that the supply to them is live.
3. Check the switches and door switches.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Time delayOn cars with time delay, check also the followingpoints:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the drive position.Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminals 15 and 30 of relay 151 arelive.
Saab900
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Roof lamp, centrein the centre of the roof lining
Roof lamp, fronton the roof, behind the inner rear-view mirror
50
51
52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, at the ignitionswitch
53 Interior lighting switchbetween the front seats, at the gear lever
54 Door switches, interior lightingin each door pillar
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia 0
the left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
59 2~pole connectoroneinthe luggage compartment, above theleft~hand wheel housing, behind the trimone behind the roof lining, at the rear-viewmirror
60 Single-pole connectorbetween the front seats, under the centreconsole
82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand side
98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand~
brake lever
151 Time-delay relay for the interior lightingunder the back seat, on the left-hand side
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, behind the knee shield
locations of components22A
156 Interior lighting
157Interior lighting
22A152A1528
~50
I,- D1=
52
~p
'II'~t(
54 75
Saab900
'Components
54
657GR/RD 0.75
500GN 1.0
500GN 1.0
9 152A
0l5H 172A
HOBVT 0.75
140Gl 2.5
ble
150AVT 0.75
US, CA.M89:JP
117
225
584] 1'-'.7-'-1-"S-'-V-"0'-'.7."-5 ~
316
US. CA,'" M89: JP....o>rn....<D
Saab900
ting-Conve
1678SV 0.75
160GL 0.75
+30 +54 +30I I I
I I I
5E l1L 5M 5KGR 1.5 VT 2.5 GR 1.5 GR 2.5
rior Ii
82r--,1 2
L_.JUS. CA, M89: JP
In
161 GL 0.75
Interior lighting - Convertible
164. 8l 0.75
52
170SV 0.75
54
rh
163A 163BGL 0.75 GL 0.75
51
167HGN 0.5
225
167.) 167KBL 0.75 BL 0.75
158
.OperationThe lighting is supplied across fusewhite connector 152A, regardless of the po~;iti(m()f
the ignition switch.
The interior lights can be switched on ·anlrk;ott:means of interior lighting switchswitch.
When the switch is in the front pO:51t10n\?),;tr~mtlcm')p51 at the rear-view mirror, ignitic'n·~5wttQ~;}I~lrnp I5~~.·; ••and reading lamps 225 are always !'>.witp.flA'H;hh
In the rear position (1), the int,eri()r!liglJ~i~:g;;~lllls;l)e;\
switched on if one of theLe. if a door is opened. In the cer1trE~P91S;i1;i()Jl (Iinterior lights are always
On cars for the USA and Car1adi.an.mRrkf',t!'>.· RY:lrI
1989 model for Japan, dQ()r~;wi1:ch 54hand front door is suplpliEldswitch warning relay
Time delayTime-delay relay 151 for the delayed interior lightingis supplied across fuse 12 when the ignition switch isin the drive position, and with a constant supply fromdistribution terminal +30, regardless of the positionof the ignition switch.
When the interior lighting is switched on by a doorbeing opened, terminal T will be earthed and relay151 will be energised.
When the circuit is subsequently broken by the doorbeing closed, the interior lighting will remainswitched on, since the timing circuit ofthe relay willkeep the earth circuit closed across terminals T and31.
The time delay is around 15 seconds, but will beinterrupted ifthe ignition switch is turned to the driveposition. A positive voltage (from +54) will then besupplied to terminal 15 of the relay. 80th terminals15 and 30 - will then receive a positive supply. The
. relay will thus be de-energised and the earth circuitacross terminals T and 31 will be broken.
Saab900
Interior lighting - Convertible 159
Fault..tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check the bulbs for the interior lighting andcheck that the supply to them is live.
Check the interior lighting switch and the door
Turn ignition switch to the drive position.Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminals 15 and 30 of relay 151 arelive.
Saab900
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Roof lamp, frontbehind the inner rear-view mirror
51
52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, at the ignitionswitch
53 Interior lighting switchbetween the front seats, at the gear lever
54 Door switches, interior lightingin each door pillar
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
59 2-pole connectorbehind the trim, at each reading lamp
60 Single-pole connectorbetween the front seats, under the centreconsole
82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E
98 10-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee 'shield below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
151 Time-delay relay for the interior lightingin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position 8
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
175 Electronic unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be-hind the knee shield -
225 Reading lampone on each side of,the back seat
locations of components22A
160 Interior lighting- Convertible
53
225
52
175
Saab900
151
51
82
•••...c:o:m~p~o:n:e:n~ts:-----~~~#~.2I~nt~e~ri~o~r I~ig~h~t~in~g~C~o~n~v'.:e~rt~ib~le=-_ ~161
Saab900
015H 043A
3
107SV 2.5
30DRD 1.0
107ASV 2.5
ent illumination
+xII
Glove com
162 Glove compartmentiJlumination
Saab900
160
Locations of components3 Earthing point in thefascia
19 Glove compartment lampin the glove compartment, on the right-handside of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
36 Motor for the ventilation fanunder the right-hand speaker grille
74 Resistor for ventilation fanto the right, under the left-hand speakergrille
1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
160 Switch for glove compartment illuminationon the right-hand side ofthe glove compartment
19
··GlovErtompartmentilluminatior1
Components
Fault·tmcing hintsThe glove compartmentillurnination is operativewhen the ignition switch'>rs in the parked, drive orstart position.
1. Check fuse 23.and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to it islive.
3. Check the switch.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Operation ... ,< ..,,~.....The supply for the gl ove compartm~flt.\'J'I~Q](~~tldg istaken from fuse 23, via 29-pole redccmneytor1528,when the ignition switch is in thepFlrk~d,drive orstart position.
When the glove compartmentlid.IS,,,)p~ned, switch160 will close, earthing glove {;ompClrtrnent lamp 19and causing it to light up.
52
55
5EGR 1.5
161GL 0.75
163GL 0.75
C@+30
II
015H 183A
59
189BSV 0.75
15
189BSV 0.75
rtment illumination
Saab900
com
52
56
a
5EGR 1.5
161GL 0.75
163GL 0.75
166SV 0.75
+30II
Lu
104 Luggage compartment illumination
Saab900
Luggage compartment illumination 165
.OperationThe supply to luggage compartment lamp55 is takenfrom fuse 28 and then on to switch 56: Whentqeluggage compartment lid is opened, the)switchwillclose the circuit to earth and the lampvviJIJigh;ipp.
The luggage compartment illuminatio~~~ri>beswitched off manually by means oftheSWiichirlttielamp fitting. . ..
.Convertible
• On the Saab 900 Convertible, the luggage compartment lamp is switched on and off by means of amercury switch (56) which closes the supply circuitwhen the lid is opened.
Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to it islive.
.·3. Check the switch.
4.· .Check the connectors, cable harnesses and. earth connections.
166 Luggage compartment illumination
Locations of components15 Number plate illumination
on the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing
52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, under the centrconsole
55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the lefthand sidein the luggage compartment, in the centrof the roof (CAB)
56 Luggage compartment light switch 3-D an5-Din the luggage compartment, at the tailgatstriker plate.2-D and 4-Din the luggage compartment, forward of theleft hinge of the luggage compartment lidConvertiblein the luggage compartment lid (mercuswitch)
59 2-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, on the lefthand sidetwo in the luggage compartment at the lefthand lid hinge, behind the trim (Convertible)
152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing. The connector is accessible frothe interior of the car
Saab900 ..
5656 (conv)
Saab900
./129ggage compartment illumination
55
mponents
y
e
e
d
t-
1
~I
54
61
.. §p
ndscreen wi rs
Saab900
+54II11AVT 2.5
910 91A
63 {GL 0.75<>GL 0.75} 152C"'1;,-___ -E Cl-9=1,,-,A,-,G=L~0=.-,-,75,,-- -=---=-,
2 . 6 015H 013
92 t91AGLO~;]~ "'
SV 0.75
7
152885 BR 1.5
4 85 BR 1.5 INT
53B
85B ME,FE 53BR 1.5
26931B
62 "----y----J
152C53 86 RD 1.5 2 86 RD 1.5
538 87 GN 1.5 3 87 GN 1.5
53A 4 88A GR 1.5
85A BR 1.5 88 BL 1.5
31B83
31 31). 84 VT D.75T 91 GL 0.75
158
o
168 Windscreen wipers
connector
Windscreen wipers
Fault-tracing hintsThe windscreen wipers will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position'.
1. Check fuse 5 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that motor 62, switch 61 and relay 83 arelive.
3. Operate the switch and check that the windscreen wiper motor and the washer motor arelive.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Saab900
Windscreen washers, '
Washing will start when the stalk switch is movedtowards the steering wheel rim, regardless ofwhether switch 61 is in position I, II or III.
When the stalk switch is moved towards the steeringwheel, contacts "A" will close. Washer motor 63 isthen supplied from terminal 54 of the stalk switch'and will run as long as the switch remains closed.After the stalk switch has been released, the wiperswill sweep the windscreen five times before theystop.
When the switch is in positi()b' II (low speed), terminal53 ofthe wiper motor is supplied from terminal 53 ofthe switch, and the motor will run at low speed.
When the switch isin position III, terminal 538 ofthewiper motor is supplied' from terminal 538 of theswitch. The motor will now run at high speed.
When the switch is in position I (intermittent oper, ation), current will flow from terminallNT to intermit
tent operation relay 83, which will thus be energised.
The relay contacts will close, and current will flowfrom terminal 53M to terminal 318 of the switch,through the switch and from terminal 53 ofthe switchto terminal 53 of the wiper motor. The wiper motorwill now run intermittently. The frequency of the intermittent operation ofthe wiper motor is determinedby the relay.
The wiper motor incorporates a mechanically actuated switch, to which the supply is live regardless
, of the position of the stalk switch. The switch con-trols the supply so that the wiper motor unit willalways return to the parked position after the circuithas been opened by the stalk switch.
This is due to the fact that the wiper motor is thensupplied from terminal 53A, and from terminal 318,across the built-in switch. The current flows throughthe intermittent operation relay and the stalk switch,'and then back to terminal 53 ofthe windscreen wipermotor.
. When the wiper motor unit reaches the parked position, the mechanically actuated switch will open andthe motor will stop.
The windscreen wipers of the car(ppeeds and have an intE:mrlittl;;nt opElration rurlctlon.
,< The system also includes the wirldscre~el} walshl9rs.
,When the ignition switch is in thEl;dr'ive,po,sition
windscreen wiper stalk
• relay 83 for intermittent l"ln~>'r::iti(m
screen wipers
are supplied via "fuse 51528.
170 Windscreen wipers
components
" <,,',,;:';~,rnithf~ eledtrical distribution box, in the enon the left-hand wheel
63
83
~1/:ii"'frii""i:l1 distribution box in the enon the left-hand wheel
hol.lsing. The connectors are accessible< from the interior of the car.
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand ~heel
housing -
269 Two-pole connector (ME and FE only)
Saab900
63
61
54
61
+54II11AVT 2.5
85BR 1.5
Saab900
95RDjVT 0.75
Headlamp wi rs
0---
Headlamp wipers172
Saab900
OperationHeadlamp wipers are available on cars for certainmarkets only.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position,current will flow:
• from fuse 5, via 29-pole red connector 152B,toswitch 61 for the headlamp wipers and washers,and
• from fuse 8 to each headlampwipermotor 66.
When the stalk switch is moved towards the steeringwheel rim, contacts "A" will close. Headlamp wipermotors 66 and and washer motor 63 will start simultaneously.
When the stalk is released and the circuit is opened,the wiper motors will still be energised (across fuse8). When the wiper motors have completed fivestrokes, the limit switches incorporated into the mot.ors will open the circuit and the wipers will stop in.(le parked position.
A diode in each motor prevents the current from thefeedback circuit of the motor from flowing back to thewasher motor.
Each wiper motor incorporates overload protectionwith a protective switch which is actuated by a resis-
. tor. The switch is in series with the motor and will tripif the load should exceed a predetermined value (e.g.if the wiper blades have frozen to the lenses).
Headlamp wipers
fault..tracing hintsThe headlamp wipers and the washer motor will beoperative when the ignition switch is in the driveposition.
1. Check fuses 5 and 8 and check that the supplyto them is live.
2. Checkthatterminal53A ofthe switch is live, andthat the supply is reaching the wiper motors.
3. Move the stalk switch towards the steeringwheel rim and check that the wiper motors andthe washer motor are live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
174 Headlamp wipers
locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en~gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
57 3':pole connectorone at each wiper motor, at the front of the.8(lgine compartment.
61 Windscreen wiper stalk switchonJhe right-hand side of the steering column
63 Washer motorin thewasherfluid container, forward of theright-hand Wheel housing
66 Headlamp wiper motoron the left-hand and right-hand sides of thegrille
83 Relay for intermittent operation of the windscreen wipersunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)
1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Saab900
175Headlamp wipers
66
Saab900
6361
Components
41 ce<l
015H 513A
7
118SV 1.0
40
20
117A RD 1.0
Saab 900
1528
Horn
21
10VT 6.0
RD 16.0
30 86
+
118 SV 0.5
117CVT 0.5
117B RD 1.0
68
117 RD 1.5
117 11HRD 1.5 VT 2.5
7 211
BL 16.0 BL 25.0
Horn
7
40
118ASV 1.0
176
Saab900
OperationThe horn system includes two tuned loud~tone horns,one of them high-pitched and the other low-pitched.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive voltage (+54) is taken viathe actuating coilin horn relay 68 and slip ring switch 352 to the hornswitches on the steering wheel ..
When one of the horn switches is closed, the relaywill be energised and horn. 40 will be supplied viafuse 26 and the relay contacts.
Horn
Fault-tracing hintsThe horn will be operative when the ignition switch isin the drive position.
1. Check fuse 26 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the relay by earthing relay terminal 85.The horn should then sound.
3. Check the cable harnesses and earth connections.
178 Horn
Locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, relay position E
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
40 Horntwo on the right-hand side, behind the headlamp
41 Horn switchbehind the steering wheel hub pad
59 2-pole connectorone at each horn
68 Horn relayin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position K
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
352 Slip ring switchat the steering column
Saab900
Horn 179
7521
Saab900
41
352
Components
+54II11AVT 2.5
~ASTEN BELTS #p.)
142GL 1.5
Saab900
+54II11LVT 2.5
It warning lamp
72 ~ASTEN BELTS.@,)
Seat-
+54II11AVT 2.5
154 BR 0.75
155 154 ~ASTEN BELTS #p.)BR 0.75 BR 0.75
69 60 214150A GL 0.75
156
251 GN 0.75BR/VT 0.75
15 L
D JL 82
70 712 31 GF
232 233SV 0.75 GN/VT 0.75
015H 022A
70
117
180 Seat-belt warning lamp
Saab900
OperationThe supply is taken from fuse 5 via29·pole red connector 1528 and seat-belt warning lamp 72 to thedriver's seat-belt switch 70. The switch connects thewarning lamp to earth, and the warning lamp wi II thuslight up. When the seat-belt buckle is inserted intothe lock, the switch Will open the circuit and the lampwill be extinguished.
Seat switch 69 is connected in series with seat-beltswitch 71 on the co-drivers side. The seat switch willclose when a load is applied to the seat. The warninglamp will thus light up only if a person is seated in theco-driver's seat and the seat belt is not fastened.
Cars for the ME marketCars for this market are equipped with warning relay82 and an extra seat-belt warning lamp 214, which isfitted on the centre console .
.. The driver's seat-belt switch 70 connects terminal GF.. of the relay to earth, causing the warning lamps to
light up and the buzzer to sound. When the seat-belt. buckle is inserted into the lock, the switch will open,<the lamps will be extinguished and the buzzer will besilenced.
Seat-belt warning.lamR
Fault-tracing hintsThe seat-belt warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 5 (and fuse 12, if fitted) and checkthat the supply to them is live.
2. Check seat-belt warning lamp 72 (and 214, iffitted).
3. Check seat-belt switches 70 and 71, and seatswitch 69.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
12-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia
Single-pole connectorone at the corresponding seat-belt lockone between the front seats. under the cen-·tre consolethree between the front seats, under thecentre console (ME)
Co-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warninglampunder the co-driver's seat
58
69
60
70 Seat-belt switch - driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-drivseat
71 Seat-belt switch - co-driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat
72 Seat-belt warning lampin the centre of the fascia
82 Seat belVignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand sidein the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E (Convertible)
98 10-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee shield. below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
1528 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
214 Seat-belt warning lamp on the centre console (ME)on the centre console. between the frontseats
locations of components22A
Saab900
182 Seat-belt warning lamp
Seat-belt warning lamp
Saab900
~..
/"
.- I
! . ."1•. : -"":;:U--. I
j\70,71 .
Components
58
72 FASTEN BELTS ~
70
82
GF
233GN/VT 0.75
156BR/VT 0.75
L
117
60
232SV 0.75
150GL 0.75
15
31
Saab900
2
3
251 142'GN 0.75 GL 1.5
015H 023A
It and i on k warning
+30 +54 +54I I II I I
7 11 L 11 A
P GR 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5
I 30
20
S
184 Seat-belt and ignition key warning
Saab900
Seat-belt and ignition key warning
,.• 1" ,~~ '.~ ..
Fault-tracing hintsThe seat-belt and ignition switch warning system willbe operative when the ignition switch is in the driveposition.
1. Check fuses 5 and 12 and check that the supplyto them is live.
2. Check seat-belt warning lamp 72 and check thatthe supply to relay 82 is live.
3. Check the door switches, connectors, cable harnesses and earth connections.
Ignition switch warningAs long as the key remains in the ignition switch, thesupply will be five from terminal S of the ignitionswitch to the warning relay.
If the key is in the ignition switch and the driver's dooris opened, door switch 54 will close. Terminal 1 ofthe relay will then be earthed and the buzzer willsound.
'.Seatabelt warningThe warning relay is supplied (+54) from fuse 5, via
. red 29-pole connector 1528 and seat-belt warninglamp 72.
Driver's seat-belt switch 70 connects terminal GF ofthe relay to earth. The warning lamp will then light up
.and the buzzer will sound. When the seat-belt buckleis inserted into the lock, the switch will open, thelamp will be extinguished and the buzzer will besilenced.
:Operation.The seat-belt and ignition switch wamlngsystem isfitted only to cars for the USA and Canadian markets,and 1989 models for Japan.
The warning system reminds the driver that he hasnot fastened his seat belt, or that he has left the key
'in the ignition switch when leaving the car.,The system includes warning relay 82 which has abuzzer. When the ignition switch isin the drive position, the relay is supplied (+54) from fuse 12, via red
'29-pole connector 1528.
186~~qt-belt and ignition key WqrnJf'lg
I..QcatiQ"'$ of components20~j~;~~i~ibnswitch
8H0st~ecentre console between the frontseats
22AJ=~~~16;~18rr, in;tP~'~lectriGal distribution box, in the en-gioe,c9I"!1Rartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing ,
54 Door sWitches"interior lightingin each dO()rframe, between the hinges
58 12-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia
60 Single-pole connectorone between the front seats, under the centre consoleone at the driver's seat-belt lock
70 Seat-belt switch - driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat
72 Seat-belt warning lampin the centre of the fascia
82 Seat-belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand sidein the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E (Convertible)
98 10-pole connectorto the leftofthesteering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Saab900
10c::Jac::::JaC=:J .. c:::::J2c:::::J.c::::J7c=ISc::J Jc::::J lc::J
82 (CAB)
Seat-belt and ignition key warning lSi
Saab900r
70
omponents
54
J-
e
1
~I
BRAKEFLUID
t152B
~M89: SE,FI. M89: JP
EU,GB,ME.FE M90: (T)SE,M90: (I,C)SE.FI, FI,EU,GB,
EU,GB,ME,FE.JP ME,FE.JP
573
PARK ANTIBRAKE LOCK
732VT 0.75
r 27 '291L_J
ment
5 123KGR 4.0 GN/VT 1.0
47U 47T 47M 47Q 47F
12GR/VT 2.5
12AGR/VT 0.75
M90: US CRUISE SRS
(US.CA) 47U 47S US)
CA,AU,M89: US CRUISE~'-_...:.::..-_-------
(SE.n,EU.G8l;;.47;.:N..:... ~:;:;....;:;.~_...:.:..:-..;:;.:..:..
SE, FI, EU, GB,!Q:£ME, FE, JP \2..... _
Saab900
141 . 306 (M89: US)~
0 1 2
'"0z
0 >-<:>
'" >~
~ 13 50'"g0
~3 152B '"
'" '132~
331<"90:us) 0
3 2-0-- >-
'">
is 0 z>-
<:>
~ > E0
JP 161 25 ~6 6
'" 7 98 on00>- '" >- '"> 0> 0-' >-
OX> > 5 z
~ '" '"~ ~ '"'"
59 182A VL 0.58R/VT 0.75'93 186 185 188 193Asv 0.75 BR 0.5 CR 0.5 CR/VT 0.5 SV 0.75
3t 3
148. 153 186 185 183154. 267 BR 0.75 GR 0.75 GL/VT 0.5(SE. n. EV.GB. ME. fE. AU) 43M90:282(5E.EU.G8) .
Combin
184BL 0.5
75 5 GR .04.0
10VT 6.0
12A GR VT 0.75
21
+X11
8 I56A
q"1
0'or '"~ 8
'"
015H OJ<4E
549VL/VT 0.75
I
CHECKENGINE
Combined instrument
145: 3 (1l6,1l6~)
176: 3 (116.116~)
200: 19 (1l6,n6)200: 22 (1l6~.T1~)
204: 2 (116.TI6)
C8
;z;:1SV/VT~
58~,,5SV/VT 0.75
34
188
116 258 7on '"0
'"0<.> 0
'"'" >- 0
SAGR 4.0
-<~
~
m:>g
'"
5~'"<:>
OX> '" 111;g ~
OX> '"<.>
I'-~to<£.)
IvI'-~I~
",I0
'>13 126~ RO 1.5
14 10
116. 116>-.,T16, T16A
16 Rheostat 18947A Fuel gauge and47B Fuel reserve warning lamp .. '" 18947C Temperature gauge '" 19047D Oil pressure warning lamp. . . . . 19047E Charging warning lamp .... ,.;. 19147F Brake fluid level warning lamp 19147G Full beam warning lamp.";·, ..:.,, 19247H Left-hand direction indicator;Y,Jarning lamp. 192-471 Right-hand direction indicatpqvCirning lamp 192'47J Rear window heater warnIn'g lamp : 19247K Shift-up warning lamp; , ' 19247M Handbrake warning lamp .' .. 192
16 RheostatOperation
hen the ignition switch is in the drive position,'rheostat 16 is supplied via 29-pole red connector
" 1528 and fuse 23.
The brightness of the following instrument lightingcan be steplessly adjusted by means of rheostat 16in combined instrument 47:
(§'O'Q:lI;>Jred instrument lightingAshtray illuminationLighting for the cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controls
In addition, the dial lighting for the radio (267) connectedto connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.
(For complete information, see the section entitled',' "Lighting systems, Lighting for controls".)
Fault-tracing hints
1. Check the appropriate fuses and check that thesupply tothem is live.
Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.
Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Saab900
Combined instrument
47N Rear fog light warning lamp 193470 Choke warning lamp 19347P CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 19347Q ABS warning lamp 19447S Passive seat-belt warning lamp (1989model) 19447T SRS Airbag warning lamp (1990 model) 19447U Cruise Control operative warning lamp 19447V Warning lamp for headlamps switched on .. 194EXH warning lamp(JP) 19449 Clock 194110 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 194
47A Fuel gauge and47B Fuel reserve warning lampOperationThe fuel gauge and the fuel reserve warning lampkeep the driver informed of the fuel level in the tank.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive supply (+15) is taken from fuse 22 to:
• Fuel level gauge 47A in the combined instrumentand then through a 3-pole connector"(57) to fuellevel transmitter 46 in the fuel tank to earth, and
• Fuel reserve warning lamp 47B and then throughthe fuel level transmitter in the fuel tank to earth.
Fuel level transmitter 46 adjusts the voltage so thatthe fuel gauge reading will correspond to the levelsensed by the transmitter float in the tank.
When the fuel content of the tank has dropped to'about 7 dmj3 (Iitres) or less, the fuel reserve warninglamp will be earthed through the transmitter and thelamp will light up.
Fault-tracing hintsTh-e fuel gauge and the warning lamp for the fuelreserve will be operative when the ignition switch is inthe drive position.
1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.
3. Check that the terminals of the fuel gauge andthe fuel level transmitter are live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the fuel level transmitter.
Resistance of the fuel level transmitter
- 2.4 - 8.0 ohm when the tank is full ,- 63.3 - 67.5 ohm when the tank is empty
Saab900'
.....:
190 Combined instrument
47C Temperature gaugeOperationThe temperature gauge shows the engine coolanttemperature.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position,coolant temperature gauge 47C is supplied (+15)from fuse 22. The other terminal of the gauge isearthed via coolant temperature transmitter 45.Changes in the coolant temperature will affect theresistance of the transmitter, and the gauge will thusshow the prevailing engine temperature.
fault-tracing hintsThe temperature gauge will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to the temperature gaugeis live.
3. Check that there is no open circuit in transmitter45.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Resistance of the temperature transmitter:51.2 ± 4.3 ohm at +90 °C (194 OF)
471l0n pressure warning lampOperationThe oil pressurewarning lamp is intended to warn thdriverthatthe engine oil pressure is below the predetermined value.
Lamp 47D in the qqrnQined instrument is supplied(+54) from fu.se 7, via red 29-pole connector 1528;Ifthe IUbricatir)g()jJ<pl~$9:ureshould drop belowO.30.5 bar, oil pressure transmitter 44 will close and thelamp will light up. . .
fault-tracing hintsThe oil pressure warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to iterminals in the combined instrument is live.
3. Disconnect the cable from the oil pressurtransmitter and earth it. If the lamp lights up,the circuit is unbroken.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the oil pressure transmitter.
Saa~900
47E Charging warning lampOperationThe charging warning lamp informs the driver ofwhether or not the alternator is charging.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive voltage will be supplied via fuse 7 and red29-pole connector 152B to charging warning lamp47E in the combined instrument. The other side ofthe lamp is connected to alternator 2.
.When the alternator is not rotating or when it is notcharging the battery for any other reason, the circuitforthe charging warning lampwill be earthed throughterminal 0+ on the alternator, and the lamp will lightup.
When the alternator is charging, terminal 0+ will beat the same voltage as the supply from the fuse. Thesame voltage will then be appliedto both terminals ofthe warning lamp, and the lamp will therefore beextinguished.
(For complete information, see the section entitled"Engine electronics, Battery-charging system".)
Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check the bulb in the warning lamp.
3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connections of the alternator.
4. Check that terminal 0+ ofthe alternator is live.
Combined instrument 191
47f Brake fluid level warninglampOperationThe brake fluid level warning lamp is intended to warnthe driver that the brake fluid level in the reservoir islow. Its operation can be checked by means of abutton on the brake fluid reservoir.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position, lamp47F is supplied (+15) from fuse 22, via red 29-poleconnector 152B.
The other side of the lamp is connected to brakewarning switch 42, via black 29-pole connector152C.
If the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir should drop toan inadmissibly low level, switch 42 will close andthe warning lamp will light up.
Lamp test
When the ignition switch is turned to the start position, terminal 15 of ignition switch 20 supplies pin 9of lamp 47F, and the anode of the diode in the combined instrument.
In the start position, the supply from +54 will beopen, so that the cathode of the diode in the combined instrumentwill be earthed via pins 7, 9and 8 oflamp 47E, and via alternator 2. The diode preventsreverse flow of current.
Fault-tracing hints
The brake fluid level warning lamp will be operativewhen the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check the brake fluid level warning circuit bypressing the button on the brake fluid reservoir.The circuit should close and the lamp shouldlight up.
2. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it islive.
3. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection.
Saab900
192 Combined instrument
47G Full beam warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Headlamps".
47H, 471 Direction Indic~t()r
warning lamps(left-hand and right-hand)See the description in the section entiH~dt'Lif5htingsystems, Direction indicators". ..
47J Rear window'heaterwal'"lnglampSee the' description in the section entitled "Heatingand ventilation systems, Electric heating for the rearwindow".
47K Shift-up warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Engineelectronics, LH 2.4 fuel system."
41M Handbrake warning lampOperationThe handbrake warning lamp warns the driver that thehandbrake is applied.
Lamp 47M in the combined instrument is supplied(+15) from fuse 22 via red 29-pole connector 1528.As long as the handbrake is applied, handbrakeswitch 43 will be closed and the lamp will stay alight.
Lamp test
When the ignition switch is turned to the start position, terminal 15 of ignition switch 20 will be live.Current will flow to pin 11 of lamp 47M and the anodeof the diode in the combined instrument.When the switch is in the start position, the supplyfrom +54 is opened, and the cathode of the diode inthe combined instrument is therefore earthed viapins 7, 9 and 8 of lamp 47E and alternator 2.If lamp 47M is in good condition, it should then lightup. Correct indication will be obtained only if thehandbrake is not applied. The diode prevents reverseflow of current.
fault-tracing hintsThe handbrake warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it is
live. Check also fuse 7.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.
3. Disconnect the cable from the handbrake switchand earth it. If the lamp lights up, the circuit isunbroken.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the handbrake switch.
Saab900
47N Rear fog light warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Rear fog lights".
470 Chol:<e warning lampOperation
The choke warning lamp lights up when the choke ispartially or totally withdrawn. This lamp is fitted onlyto cars with carburettor engines..
When the ignition switch is in the drive position,choke warning lamp 470 is supplied (+54) from fuse7, via red 29-pole connector 1528.
When the choke control is withdrawn, switch 34 willclose, and the lamp will light up.
Fault-tracing hintsChoke warning lamp 470 will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.
3. Disconnect the cable from the choke controlswitch and earth it. If the lamp lights up, thecircuit is unbroken.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Combined instrument 193
47P CHECK ENGINE warninglampOperationIf a fault should occur in the fuel system and/orignition system, flashing codes will be obtained onwarning lamp 47P. This lamp is fitted only to cars with16-valve engines.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position,warning lamp 47P is supplied (+54) from fuse 7, viared 29-pole connector 1528. Warning lamp 47Pthensupplies control unit 200 for the LH system and/orcontrol unit 176 for the EZK ignition system.
Warning lamp 47P lights up with a steady light whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position, before theengine is started.
For complete information, see the section entitled"Engine electronics", "LH fuel system" and "EZK ignition system".
Fault-tracing hintsWarning lamp 47Pwill be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.
3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
\
Saab900
110 TachometerSee the description in the section entitled "Engineelectronics, Ignition systems". .
Fault-tracing1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the positive terminal of the clock islive, and that the negative terminal is earthed.
3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connection.
;>-:~~:<'
OP~~~I~~/'·.,./ ...... .CIOCk4-91S"locateq inppmbined instrument 47.. Thepositiv~~uPply18t~e clocl, is taken from fuse 28, viared 29-pol~i9()Dn~ptBC152B. The supply to the clockis live(+30)reg~r:(:Hess6fthe position ofthe ignitionswitch. . ..
47V Warning lamp for headlamps.. sWitched on
See the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Headlamps and Parking lights"
i," >.:-u-:-_":--~>--~;;:<
49 'Clock
47U Cruise Control operativewarning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Othersystems, Cruise Control".
47T SRS Airbag warning lamp(1990 models)OperationSee the section entitled "Other systems, Airbag".
EXH warning lamp (JP)Cars destined for the Japanese market are equippedwith an EXH warning lamp to warn the driver of overheating of the catalytic converter.
See the description in the section entitled "Othersystems, passive seat belts".
47Q ABS warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Anti-lockbrakes (ABS)"
47S Passive seat-belt warninglamp (1989 models)
194 Combined instrument
Combined instrument 195
locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
2 Alternatoron the left-hand side ()rtheengine
3 Earthing point inthef~scia
7 .....E:arthingpointoriiti~r~dikt()rcross-member8 Li~h{i~grela~··· . .
iritheelectricaldistributioh box in the engine compartment, relay positions A and B
9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment
10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia
16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument
18 Combined instrument lightingin the combined instrument on the fascia
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compar:tment, relay pos,ition E
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
25 Hazard warning light switchon the fascia
34 Choke control switchon the centre console between the frontseats
42 Brake warning switchon the brake fluid reservoir
43 Handbrake switchunder the plastic cover at the handbrakelever, between the front seats
44 Oil pressure transmitteron the left-hand side of the engine block,above the oil filter
45 Coolant temperature transmitteron the right-hand side of the thermostat
46 Fuel level transmitterin the fuel tank - the terminals are accessible from the luggage compartment
47A Fuel level gauge47B Fuel reserve warning lamp47C Coolant temperature gauge47D Oil pressure warning lamp47E Charging warning lamp47F Brake warning lamp47G Full beam warning lamp47H Left-hand direction indicator warning lamp
Saab900
196 Combined instrument
47147J47K47M47}J47047P
47Q47S
47T47U47V
49
57
58
59
60
75
98
110
116
117
123
132
Right-hand direction indicator warning lampRear window heater warning lampShift-up warning lamp (US,· manual)Handbrake warning lampRear fog light warning lamp (SE, FI, EU, GB)Choke warning lamp (C8)Check engine warning lamp (116, 116Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda)ABS warning lampPa$$ive seat-belt warning lamp (1989 models)SRS Airbag warning lamp (1990 models)Cruise Control warning lampWarning lamp for headlamps switched on inthe combined instrument on the fascia
Clock on the fascia
3-pole connector .one under the back seat, on the left-handsideone on the left-hand side in the engine compartment, at the electrical distribution box
12-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia, behind the knee shield
2-pole connectorone to the left of the fascia, at the lightingswitchone under the fascia, to the left of the steering column, behind the knee shieldone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing (Convertible)
Single-pole connector (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever
Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia (behind the knee shield)
Tachometerin the combined instrument
Switch for the electrically heated rear windowon the fascia
Earthing rJointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
4-pole connectorone forward of the right-hand front door,below the fascia (behind the trim)one on the left-hand side, under the fascia(behindthe knee shield)
Speed transmitterin the combined instrument
Saab900
141
146
148
152A152B152C
153
154
158159
161
176
200
211
257
267
282
291
306
331
Selector for Cruise Controlinthedirection indicator stalk switch, ontheleft-hand side of the steering column
Amplifierfor the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
Ashtray illuminationon the fascia, in the ashtray
29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Lighting for the cigarette lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter
Lighting for heater controlson the fascia, at the respective heater control
Negative distribution terminalDistribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia
Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belothe fascia, behind the trim
Earthing pointon the gearbox
Earthing point on the alternator bracket
Radio connectorin the radio compartment in the fascia
Headlamp beam control switch (1990model)on the fascia
ABS control uniton the left-hand side of the engine compart~
ment, forward of the wheel housing (198models)under the right-hand side of the back seat
Logic box for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side
Electronic unit forthe Airbag (1990 modelsin the fascia, under the lett-hand speakegrille
16,1847,49.110
43
75
. m med instrument
46
42
2
2122A59
152A152B152C158159
Saab900
45
Components
e
N
1
~I
n1d
1e
269
llAVT 2.5
85ABR 1.5
130
re waming buzzer
+54II
108SV 0.75
109BR 0.75
Saab900
28 152C
129
mpe
015H 024B
/ "-
108A 108ASV 0.75 SV 0.75
M89: r177 n 201116,T16
18,T8, M90: 116,A,(FE)
Coolant
198 Coolant temperature warning buzzer
Coolant temperature warning buzzer 199
130
201 Earthing point on the engine (116, T16)
269 Two-pole connectorunder the fascia, behind the knee shield
8uzzer for coolant temperatureunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn, behind the knee shield
Coolant temperature warning switchin the engine compartment, on the radiatorhose
1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
129
130
Locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
(18, T8) (1989 models)
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
61 . Windscreen wiper stalk switchon the right-hand side of the steering column
Saab900
fault-tracing hintsThe buzzer will be operative when the ignition switchis in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 5 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supply to the buzzer is live. Thebuzzer should sound when the cable to the temperature switch is earthed.
3. Check the temperature switch.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
OperationCars for the Middle East and Far Ea$trd~tk~ts areequipped with a coolant temperature warning buzzer.
When the ignition switch is in thedri\l8 position,buzzer 129 will be supplied frornfuse 5, via red29-pole connector 1528. If the coolant temperatureshould exceed about +120°C (250 OF), coolant temperature warning switch 130 will close and thebuzzerwill sound. The switchwillopen again atabout+115°C (240 OF).
Components
015H 015A
.[0.
GB,FE,AU .
er
48
128SV 0.75
13 122A
135VT 1.5
2148L 0.75
11MVT 2.5
11 1528
+54
f
Saab900
retteJi
3188SV 0.75
128SV 0.75
Ci
590-0 f-<=------,
200 Cigarette lighter
OperationWhen the ignition switch is in the drive~b§iti()n, thecigarette lighter is supplied from fuse ·13, via red29-pole connector 1528. The circuit will be closedwhen the cigarette lighter is depressed.
fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 13 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2.· Check thatthe filament ofthe cigarette lighter isunbroken.
3. Check the earth connection.
Components
Saab900
Cigarette lighter 201.
Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
48 Cigarette lighteron the right-hand side of the fascia
59 2-pole connectorbehind the fascia
1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
1148 1148 1148GN 2.5 GN 2.5 GN 2.5
" /V
~37
~37
112 112SV 2.5 SV 2.5
7 70150 026A
Saab900
Saab900
Cooling system fan, 1989 models 203
Fault..tracing hints1. Check fuse 25 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to temperature switch 39is live.
3. Check the radiator fan by connecting a jumperacross the temperature switch.
4. Run the engine until it reaches normal operatingtemperature and check the performance of thetemperature switch.
5. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
If the car is equipped with a time-delay relay, checkthe relay and fuse 22.
Locations of componentsSee the section entitled "Cooling system fan, 1990models" on pages 206 - 207.
Cars for SE, Fa, EU and GB marketsOn these markets, the wiring for the AC is not fitted asstandard to cars with 18 and T8 engines. An AC cableharness must be fitted when the AC is installed.
Time-delay relayCars for "hot-weather markets" are also equippedwith a time-delay relay; which limits the time theradiator fan will run after the engine has beenswitched off.
Relay 26 is always energised when the engine isrunning, Le. when tfre ignition switch is in the driveposition. The fan is controlled by switch '39.
When the engine is switched off, the +15 supply tothe relay coil will be interrupted. After about 10 minutes, the relay will trip the supply to the fan motor,even if temperature switch 39 is still closed.
. . . ~
The supply is taken from fuse 25 tolerilperatureswitch 39, regardless of the ignition switch position.
When the engine coolant temperature has reachedabout 92°C (198 OF), the temperature switch willclose and radiator fan motor 37 will start.
Cars with air conditioning (AC) are equipped with acrimped branch connection, since the fan is alsocontrolled by the AC unit.
Operation
11DVT 2.5
+54II
DISH 026B
7
889SV 0~5
7
112SV 2.5
39
5KGR 2.5
114BGN 2.5
87 31T 31
111 881 410GN 4.0 BL 0.5 SV 0.5
els
+30II
110GL 2.5
156 30
110AGL 2.5
30 15
90mn,
Saab900
m
7
110AGL 2.5
5KGR 2.5
112SV 2.5
+30II
1148GN 2.5
7
,SCFI,EU,G6.
110BGL 0.5
86
396
85 87
881 111BL 0.5 GN 4.0
e 39
~889SV 0.5
111 111GN 4.0 GN 4.0
Coolingsy
Cooling system fan, 1990 m0c:l~ls204
Cooling system fan, 1990 models
OperationThe supply is taken from fuse 25 torelay 396, regardless of the ignition switch position:
When the engine coolant temperatUre has reachedabout 92°C (198 OF), temperatUre switch 39 willclose, relay 396 will be energk5j3cj(:md power will besupplied to the radiator far;1rnOtor.
Cars with air conditioning'(AC)arEf equipped with acrimped branch connection, since the fan is alsocontrolled by the AC unit.
Time-delay relayCars for "hot-weather markets" are also equippedwith a time-delay relay, which limits the time theradiator fan will run' after the engine has beenswitchEld off.
Relay 26 will be energised when temperature switch39 has closed.
When the engine is switched off, the +15 supply tothe relay coil will be interrupted. After about 10 minutes, the relay will trip the supply to the fan motor,even if temperature switch 39 is stil,1 closed.
Cars for SE, FI, EU and GB marketsOn these markets, the wiring for the AC is not fitted asstandard to cars with 18 and T8 engines. An AC cableharness must be fitted when the AC is installed.
Saab900
Fault·tracing hints1. Check fuse 25 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to relay 396 is live.
3. Check the operation of the relay and the radiatorfan by connecting a jumper across the temperature switch.
4. Run the engine until it reaches normal operatingtemperature and check the performance of thetemperature switch.
5. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
If the car is equipped with a time-delay relay, checkthe relay and fuse 22.
Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member (1989 models)
Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear window (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the en-:gine compartment, relay position C
Relay for the AC compressorin the eleytrical distribution box in the en-.gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Negative"distribution terminal (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand whee.!housing
Distribution terminal +15 (1989 models)in the electrical distribution box, in the en'gine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing
Relay for daylight driving lights (CA) (199models)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position F
Radiator fan relay (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box, relay position G
93
156
396
113
158
Locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
8 Lighting relay (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the en
'gine compartment, relay positions A and B.
22A> 'Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engingcompartment, on the left-hand wheelhq\.lsing
26 Time delay relay for the radiator fanin the engine compartment, at the front ofthe left-hand wheel housing member (1989mopels), "'.'i,;
in theelgctiiGaldistribution box, relay position G (1990 models)
37 Radiator fan motorat the front of the engine compartment
39 Temperature switch for radiator fanon the left-hand side of the radiator
59 2-pole connectorat the radiator fan motor
60 Single-pole connector (AC)in the engine compartment, behind the radiator
159
174
206 Cooling system fan, 1990 models
26156 396 174
• I
I
Gooling system fan, 1990 models 207
39
Saab90().
u159 M1989
t26113 19901581739
37
Components
3
29 1528
36
11FVT 2.5
+54II
015H 027A
Saab900
104AGR 2.5
ntilatlon n
103 VL 2.5
105A GL 1.5
@J- 35
I 108 106GN 2.5 BL 1.5
I 2 1
I 4 3
I 4 5
II
\103A I 104 107 107AVL 2.5 I GR 2.5 SV 2.5 SV 2.5
I'.
IL __ -- 149
0-1
208 Ventilation fan
Saab900
Fault·tracing hintsThe ventilation fan will be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 9 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supplies to switch 150 andswitch 35 are live.
3. Turn the switch to different positions and checkthat the voltage to the fan motor changes.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
OperationC",;;,.:,: <~/:;y._ ''::"'< .'<
Ventilation fan motor 36 has three§J?;~,§~siand iscontrolled from fan selector sWitCh3~,,:
Switch 35 is supplied from fuse~,2.,1i~fr~d 29-pole.connector 152B. The fan spe,e<:J<~~~'b~,varied bytaking the supply from different poil1~$iQR,tesistor74.
When main fan switch 149i§,910§~cl!the fan willalways be running, regardle$§ of:i.the position of thefan selector switch. ' .. , .. ,
Main switch 149 and AGs~it~I\l.'~~{Jare controlled bythe air distribution contr.81;'§witCh 149 is closedwhen the control is in anYJJosition except positions 0and. t, when it, fS9J1e'fY'(the control is closed).Switch 150 is closedWhen the control is in position• ,. The fan motorwilh1llen receive the full supplyvoltage and will runC1tttJE? highest speed.
If resistor 74 is overloaded, the resulting heat willcause the bimetal:switch to close. The positive supply will be earthed, and fuse 9 will blow. The bimetalswitch will open when it has cooled.
Ventilation fan 209: ','
'~·;.210 Ventilation fan
locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the egine compartment, on the left-hand whe!lousing
35 S&lector switch for the ventilation fanirithe centre of the fascia
36 Motor for the venti lation fanunder the right-hand speaker grille
74 Resistor for the venti lation fanto the right, under the left-hand speakgrille
149 Main switch for ventilation fanon the fascia, in the air distribution control(upper contact)
150 Air distribution switch, AC positionon the fascia, in the air distribution contro(lower contact)
1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en~
gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
Saab900
149
15014
Saab90()i
c:o~m~p:o:n:e:n~ts~-------'-:2------_\Jl~e~n~ti'!.<la~ti~on~fa~n~2211
7
30
+54I1118VT 2.5
B5A 85
7
112SV 2.5
relay
116GL/RO 1.5
1148GN 2.5
114GN 2.5
T 0.75 17
US,CAJP(M89)
3
el
598R
599GR 0.75
tim
170
neA GL RQ 0.75
4588R/VT 0.75
G
Saab900
F
8
1160GL/RD 0.75
113
166402 BL 0.75
406 BL 0.7527
406 BL 0.75
171 405BL 0.75
+15 20 +301 IsoI I 51<
'"GR 2.5
N~
" 25122A
~
~ '"d <5 ~~ 0- <5?, >
'" 15..~
T8,T8>.,T16(M89)18,18>-116
409ASV 0.75
18>T8>-(M89)
r Conditioner (AC)
Air Conditioner (AC) with time~delay relay
203
201
498SV 0.5
177201 407 BL 0.75 } :l?
r--------"''''--'~"-''-_t_- ---i..'c5_:~1~-:-,-"':'_-_-_-_.F_::J -t::BV:;'7-:;--_-_-_-_-_-_~81~155407 BL 0.75
40J 114A ON 0.75RD 1.5
212
r2°.2.-, 116>-,T16>-1
I II II II '" 544 RO T 0.75 647 544 RO T 0.75
I IL __ 3
Air Conditioner (AC) with time-delay relay 213
OperationCertain cars are equipped with an Air Conditioner(AC). For a complete description of the wiring for thelighting of switches on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see the section entitled "LightingJor c(Jntrois - US, CA, JP".
Compressor 170 and radiator fan·motor 37The AC can be switched on and off by means of ACswitch 169, which is supplied from fuse 6, via black29-pole connector 152C. When the switch is depressed, the lamp built into the button will be supplied directly (not via the resistor), so it will light upwith full intensity. (When the switch is not activated,the lamp is supplied via fuse 6.)
Compressor 170 and ordinary radiator fan 37 areconnected via relay 156, whose contacts are supplied from fuse 25. The relay will be energised when
. the following conditions have been satisfied:
• Pressure switch 166 is closed, i.e. the refrigerantpressure is at least 2.8 bar.
e Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact)171 is closed, i.e. the ambient temperature is atleast about +6 ac.
When the relay is energised, power will be supplied tothe compressor only if temperature switch 168 isclosed. (The switch will open if the engine temperature should exceed about + 115 ac.)Diode 173, which is connected in parallel with thecompressor, reduces the voltage transients at theinstant when the compressor is switched off (1989model).
Delayed connection when starting
Relay 156 is equipped with two time delay functions.One of these is activated whenever the engine isstarted. Ignition switch 20 (in the start position) supplies pin 50, and if switch 169 is then depressed, theenergising of the relay and thus starting of the compressor will be delayed by about 10 - 20 seconds(depending on the engine. variant), to ensure thatcombustion in the engine will be stable after starting, before the the AC load is applied.
Idling speed compensation and cut-out atfull loadCars without Arc valve
Solenoid valve 142, which is kept open when thecompressor is running, is used for idling speed compensation for the increased load caused by the AC.
Cars with AIC valve
On certain variants, the auxiliary air valve is replacedby an Automatic Idling Control (AIC) valve which alsocompensates for instantaneous load increases atidling speed.
Saab900
The control unit receives a signal via relay pin 16when the time delay of the relay is activated, and itthen starts idling speed compensation. After 0.3seconds, the relay will be energised and the compressor will start. The relay electronics receive theirsupply (in the drive position) via pin 15.
W/;1enthe engine is running at full throttle, pin TK ofthe relay wi II be earthed through throttle angle transmitter203,and the relay will trip the compressor.'~
AC radiator fan ·172Extra radiator fan 172T()(the ACis connected viarelay 155 and is supplied from fuse 6.
The relay coil is supplied from the contacts of relay156 and from pressure switch 166. The AC radiatorfan thus runs when AC switch 169 is depressed andpressure switch 166 is closed.
Recirculation valve 38Recirculation valve 38, which controls the recirculation damper, will be switched on when recirculationswitch 143 is depressed. The switch is supplied fromfuse 6. When the switch is depressed, the lamp builtinto the switch will light up with full intensity.
lltAVT 2.5
+54I1118VI 2.5
113ASV 0.5
3
116E 8L 0.5
25122A
) (CU14)
87
1148GN 2.5
114GN 2.5
5KGR 2.5
on
'"-'to
o
+30
878
166
85
oner·G
406 8L 0.75
599GR 0.75
402 BL 0.75
403 RD 1.5
544 RD T 0.75
116G GL RD 1.5
116A GL 0 0.75
5
672
112 112Asv 2.5 SV 2.5
173
170 37 172
201 7 158 7
01~ 026D
Saab900
116CGL/RD 0.75
1160GL/RO 0.75
152C1168 8L 0.75 26<!-_!.!11",68"--,,8=.L.,,0,,,.7,,5_--,
~143
rCond
40,RD 1.5
r--"I 200 21 4a5 8L T 0.75
I CU14 36 544 RD VT 0.75
I I'--...,....1
409Asv 0.7S
Air Conditioner (AC) (CH14)214
Saab900
OperationCertain cars are equipped with an Air Conditioner(AC).
Compressor 170 and radiatoll' fan motor 37The AC can be switched on and off by means of ACswitch 169, which is supplied from fuse 6, via black29-pole connector 152C. When the switch is depressed, the lamp built into the button will be supplied directly (not via the resistor), so it will light upwith full intensity. (When the switch is not activated,the lamp is supplied via fuse 6.)
Compressor 170 and ordinary radiator fan are connected via relay 156. The relay will be energisedwhen the following conditions have been satisfied:
• Pressure switch 166 is closed, Le. the refrigerantpressure is at least 2.8 bar.
• Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact)171 is closed, Le. the ambient temperature is atleast about +6 °C.
Pin 21 of control unit 200 will then be energised.Relay 156 will be energised when it is earthed via pin36 of the control unit. When the relay is energised,the compressor will be supplied only if temperatureswitch 168 is closed. (The switch will open if theengine temperature should exceed about + 115°C.)Diode 173, which is connected in parallel with thecompressor, reduces the voltage transients at theinstant when the compressor is switched off.
Delayed connection when startingThe delay and idling speed compensation when theAC is switched in are controlled by control unit 200.
AC radiator fan 172Extra radiator fan 172 for the AC is connected viarelay 155 and is supplied from fuse 6. The relay coilis supplied from pressure switch 166. The AC radiatorfan thus runs when AC switch 169 is depressed andpressure switch 166 is closed.
Recirculation valve 38Recirculation valve 38, which controls the recirculation damper, will be switched on when recirculationswitch 143 is depressed. The switch is supplied fromfuse 6. When the switch is depressed, the lamp builtinto it will light up with full intensity.
Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14) 216
Fault-tracing hintsAs a general rule, the supply to the unit is live whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position. If non'e ofthe components isfaulty, check the cable harnesses,connectors and earth connections.
Compressor 170 and radiator fan motor 371. Check fuses 6 and 25 and check that the sup
plies to AC switch 169 and relay 156 are live.
2. Press the AC switch. Measure the voltage acrosspressure switch 166. {the pre~sure switchshould be closed). Note that refrigerant willspray out when the pressure switch is disconnected. Caution: Risk of frostbite.
3. Check cycling clutch contact 171. (It shouldclose at +6 °C or 43 oF.)
4. Check that the relay is energised and that therelay contacts (87 and 87A) are live. If not,check that the coil/electronics are being supplied from thermostat 171 and from the + 15distribution terminal. When the relay is energised, terminal 16 should be live. At full throttle,terminal TK should be earthed.
5. Check that the supplies to the compressor andthe radiator fan are live. (Temperature switch168 should be closed.)
CU14 fuel system4. Check that pin 21 of control unit 200 is live and
that relay 156 is earthed from pin 36 of thecontrol unit.
5. Check that the supplies to the compressor andthe radiator fan are live. (Temperature switch.168 should be closed.)
AC radiator fan 1721. Check fuse 6 and check that the supplies to the
AC switch and to relay 155 are live.
2. Press the AC switch. Measure the voltage acrosspressure switch 166 (the pressure switchshould be closed). Note that refrigerant willspray out when the pressure switch is disconnected. Caution: Risk of frostbite.
3. Check that relay 155 is energised and that thesupply to the AC radiator fan is live.
Recirculation1. Check fuse 6 and check that the supply to recir
culation switch 143 is live.
2. Press the switch and check that the recirculationvalve is activated.
Saab900
216 Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14)
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
166 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fanin the engine compartment, on the dryingagent container, forward of the right-handwheel housing
168 Coolant temperature switch, ACon the radiator inlet hose, near the distributor
169 Switch, ACin the centre of the fascia
170 Compressor for the ACat the rear of the engine compartment
171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact) for the ACunder the fascia, forward of the right-hand Apillar
172 Radiator fan for the ACon the left-hand side ofthe radiator package
173 Diode for the AC compressorin the cable harness, at the rear of the valvecover
200 Control unit for the LH/CU14 fuel systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)
201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug
203 Throttle angle transmitter for the LH fuelinjection systemon the engine throttle housing
F Relay position FG Relay position G
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box
Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay p()siti8QsA and B.
Extra rheostat for the lighting pfswitchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
Earthing point in the fascia
Earthing point, radiator cross-member
17
22A Fuse holder .. .....in the electrical distribution .box, Jp the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing .
37 Radiator fan motor (ordinary)on the right-hand side of the radi~:lt.()r package
38 Recirculation valveunder the fascia on the right-hand side, forward of the right-hand A pillar
59 2-pole connectorone adjacent to radiator fan 37one adjacent to AC radiator fan 172
60 Single-pole connectorone at the extreme rear of the engine compartment, at the compressorone at the back seat, for connecting the AC
67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the righthand side, at the air intake
113 Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
116 Switch for the electrically heated rear windowon the fascia
142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,ACon the engine, on the by-pass hose of thethrottle housing
143 Recirculation switch, ACin the centre of the fascia
152C 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, .on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
155 Relay for the AC radiator fanin the electrical distribution box in the engihe compartment, relay position J
156 Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position H
locations of components3
7
8
149~
200
143
Saab900
Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14) ~ 217
171
142
t..:.==-- '=5.::..J6 L.:.1.::;:66=-- --I L.:.
'
.:;..:68'-- -.l L.:.16=..:9'-- ---..l
Components
64
121
015H 025A
59
59
ntsea
1418 SV 1.0
141C SV 1.0
140A GL 1.0
llLVT 2.5
117
+54II
Saab900
141 SV 1.0
140 GL 1.0
cally heated
59
Ele
218 Electrically heated front seats
Saab900
OperationBoth front seats of the car are electrically heated.
The heating pads are supplied from fuse 12, via red29-pole connector 1528. The heating pads areswitched on and off by thermostats 64. These closethe circuit at about +14 °C (57 oF) and open it atabout +28 °C (82 OF).
The heating pad of the co-driver's seat is earthed viaseat switch 121. When a load is applied to the seat,the seat switch will close and the heating pad can beswitched on and off by thermostat 64. This heatingpad will thus be operative only when a person isseated in the co-driver's seat.
,Electrically heated front seats 219
Fault-tracing hintsThe heating pads will be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check thermostats 64 and check that the supplyto them is live.
3. Check seat switch 121 under the co-driver'sseat.
4. Check that there is no open circuitiri the heatingpad wiring.
5. Check the connectors,cable harnesses andearth connections.
220 Electrically heated front seats
Saab900
locations of components22A Fuse holder
in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
59 2-pole connectorone under each front seat
60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, near the ignitionswitch
64 Heating pad with thermostatin the seat cushion and backrest of the driver's and co-driver's seats
98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
121 Seat switch for the heating padunder the co-driver's seat, on the left-handside
152B 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
Components
Saab900
Electrically heated front seats 221
64
seae d er's seat
17
+54II11LVT 2.5
58ABR/VT 0.5
r-"!!-----~7"""1l
Saab900
cally hea dco I for
10 6
140A 145 141A 140GL/VT 1.5 BL 0.5 SV 0.5 GL 1.5
898
142GL 1.5
141 SV 1.0
117 60
140A 145 141 141C 142GL/VT 1.0 BL 0.5 SV 1.0 SV 1.0 GL 1.0
573
64
2 141BSV 1.0
64
121015H 033A .'
I
222 Electrically heated.front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat
Electrically heated front seats with rheostat cOJltrol for the driver's seat 223
\
Set the ignition switch to the drive position.
Check fuse 12 and check that the supply torheostat 252 is live.
3. Check that there is no open circuit in temperature transmitter 254. (Measure between pins 6and 9 of the rheostat.)
4. Check seat switch 121 under the>co-driver'sseat.
5. Check that there is no open circuit in the heatingpad wiring.
6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections. 224
fault..t,.cing hints1.
2.
Saab900
Co-driver's seatThe heating pad of the co-driver's seat is suppliedfrom fuse 12 via the same 29-pole connector as thedriver's seat. The heating pad is switched on and offby thermostat 64 and is earthed via seat switch 121.
When a load is applied to the seat, the seat switchwill close and the heating pad can be switched onand off by thermostat 64. This heating pad will thusbe operative only when a person is seated in theco-driver's seat.
Driver's seat
He~ting pad 64 is supplied from fuse 12 via the red29-pole connector 152B, and is switched on and offby temperature transmitter 254.
The temperature transmitter is a Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) resistor, whose resistancevaries with the heating pad temperature.
The temperature ofthe driver's seat heating pad canbe set by means of rheostat 252 which has fourpositions, marked 0, 1, 2 and 3. In position 0, theheating is switched off, whereas in position 3, theheating is a maximum. When the heating pad temperature has reached the preset value for a givenrheostat setting, the heating pad will be switched off,but will be switched on again when the temperaturehas dropped to the lower limit for that particularrheostat setting.
OperationBoth front seats of the car are electrically heated. Oncertain models, heating of the driver's seat can becontrolled by means of a rheostat.
For a complete description ofthe wiring for the lighting of switch 252 on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see also the section entitled "Lighting systems, Lighting for controls-US, CAand 1989 for JP".
locations of components17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches
and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
57 3-pole connectortwo under the drivers seatone under the co-driver's seat
59 2-pole connectorone under the co-drivers seat
60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, near th.e ignitionswitch
64 Heating pad with thermostatin the seat cushion and backrest of the drb!~,
er's and co-driver's seats
88 Switch for extra fog lampson the fascia
98 10-pole connectortothe leftofthe steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
121 Seat switch for the heating padunder the co-drivers seat, on the left-handside
1528 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
252 Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia
254 Temperature transmitter for the drivers seatheating padin the driver's seat
Saab900
LL4 electncally heated front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat
Electrically heated front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat 225
Components
25264,254
Saab900
115
3-0,5-02-0,4-0
211Gl 2.5
15
/~ A,- ,
OlSH rooc
US,CA,JP,ME,FE
+54 +15 +30I I II I I
11M 1231< SFVT 2.5 GN/VT 1.0 GR 1.5
221 22A I 29 J22A
123M 210GN/VT 1.0 RD 2.5
e rear window
Saab900
215SV 0.75
128 SV 0.75
~ '"d3188
0
sv 0.75 ~dn rh3 ~
;;
29122A
210RD 2.5
3-0,5-0
211Gl 2.5
211CL 2.5
SFGR 1.5
26 152A
+30II
158
c heating for
21<lA8l 0.75
//.,----
15
2-0,4-0
2148L 0.75
11MVT 2.5
SE,FI,EU,GB,AU
+54II
EI
48
Electric heatingfotthe rear window
128 215SY 0.75 SV 0.75
226
~ ~
GB,AU SE,FI,EU FE US,CAJP,ME
113128 128 128 128sv 0.75 SV 0.75 sv 0.75 SV 0.75
Saab900
4Ble.ctricheating for the rear window 227
Operation fault..traclng hintsThe electric heating for the rear window will be operative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuses 13 and 29 and check that the supply to them is live. (On certain markets, alsofuse 22.)
2. Checkthatthe supply to the switch and terminal30 of the relay is live.
3. Check the relay: Press the switch'and Check thatthe supply to the electric heating for the rearwindow is live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
~ ..'._' :.:_ ':' :".Jy '"
The electric heating of the rear winqoWcan beswitched on and off by means of s;Witq,h116. (Theswitch is spring-loaded and is c0I119Ine~;with a timedelay relay.) For a complete descri8tj~rr~t\thewiringfor the lighting ofthe switch oncarsfor:tIJErUS and CAmarkets and 1989 model for JPi:see,al~othesectionentitled "Lighting systems; Lightipgcforcontrols -US, CA and 1989 for JP". '
The switch is supplied fromfuse13','via the 29-polered connector 1528 (whemthedgnition switch is inthe drive position). ,0+"
When the switch is depressed, relay 113 will beenergised. Warning lamp4-7J in the combined instrument will light up.
Electric heater 115 for the rear window is suppliedfrom fuse 29, viatherelay contacts.
On the 3-0 and 5-0 models, the electric heating ofthe rear window is earthed to the tailgate which, inturn, is earthed to earthing point 9 (cable 211Ablack).
US and CA markets
The time-delay relay also controls the heating of therear-view mirrors.
Time-delay relayOn certain markets, relay 113 is replaced by a timedelay relay and spring-loaded switch 116.
After the switch has been depressed and the relayhas been energised, the time circuit in the relay willbe supplied (terminal 15) from fuse 22. After around10 minutes, the relay will switch off the supply to theelectric heating for the rear window. If the switch isdepressed when the heating is on, the relay will trip.
When the electric heating for the rear window isswitched on, warning lamp 47J will be supplied from
. terminal E of the relay.
If the ignition is switched off while the electric heating for the rear window is switched on, the supply toterminal 15will be opened, and the re laywill immediately switch off the supply to the heating element forthe rear window.
228 Electric heating for therearwiTl')goW
. locations of components·····.·3 Earthing point in the fascia
'·17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches. and controls
on the left-hand side of the fascia
.. ·22A '.' Fuse holder.... in the electrical distribution box, in the en
gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel.. housing
47J X~e~r.wi~doWheater warning lamp.. incifle combined instrument on the instru< mentpanel
48·' .dg~~ettelighteron the faScia
573.:pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the lefthand alr outlet
2':POI~b~hnectorin theJluggage compartment,hand airolltlet
Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rearwindowinth.!3•.~I!3.etr[gal(jistribution box in the engine C9!"rlPfll!t;rp!3nt, relay position C
Electriche9t~rfor the rear window
Switchforthe:electrically heated rear win-dow ..
in the centrebfthe fascia
29-pole .whi~eJ¢911I1ector
29-pole redGOnn~~torin the eIeCtUG~IX~.i~t~ibution box in the engine compi:lItment';on'the left-hand wheelhousing.The connector~are accessible from the interior of the ear
Negativedistriblltion terminal3if3 ~-,
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Switch, ACon the fascia
Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door
59
207
113
158
159
152A1528
169
115
116
Saab900
229
207
or the rear window
22A113152A1528158159
Electric heating f
Saab-900
Components
blenve
Saab900
e rear window,ing forch
Electric heating for the rear window, Convertible230
ElectriRV8~,~~ingifor the rear window, Convertible 231
Operation c .. ,,<.,::·:.,?-_~- __.-._. ----co
The electric heating of the rearwiHa8~/can beswitched on and off by meansofsvvi~911'~1.6. (Theswitch is spring-loaded and is c()rnbi'l~d~jtha timedelay relay.). For a complete d~S~~iptJ~fil~;~th~hewiringfor the lighting of the switch oncar~f~nirEl;US and CAmarkets and 1989 model for JP'<"~~~;~LM!thesectionentitled "Lighting systems,'UglitJngiifor controls US, CA and 1989 forJP"."·
The switch is supplied frornfYf~~3Jvia 29-pole redconnector 1528 (when the.'jgriitibn switch is in thedrive position). . .
When the switch iSdepr~~s~d,' relay 113 will beenergised. Warninglarnp:t.l.'7'Jin the combined instrument will be alight-Electric heater 115 for therear window will thenbe~qpplied from fuse 29, viathe relay contacts. ' .
The relay coil is earthed' (terminal 85 or 31 of timedelay relay) via mercury switch 279 which is openwhen the top is down and is closed when the top isup. The relay is thus always de-energised when thetop is down.
Time-delay relayOn certain markets, relay 113 has been replaced by atime-delay relay and- spring-loaded switch 116.
After the switch has been depressed and the relayhas been energised, the time circuit in the relay willbe supplied (terminal 15) from fuse 22. After around10 minutes, the relay will switch off the supply to theelectric heating for the rear window. If the switch isdepressed when the heating is on, the relay will trip.
When the electric heating for the rear window isswitched on, warning lamp 47J will be supplied fromterminal E of the relay.
If the ignition is switched off while the electric heating forthe rear window is switched on, the supply toterminal 15 will be opened, and the relay will immediately trip the supply to the heating element for therear window.
US and CA markets
The time-delay relay also controls the heating of therear-view mirrors.
Saab900
fault-tracing hintsThe electric heating for the rear window will be operative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuses 13 and 29 and check that the supply to .them is live. (On cars for some markets,also check fuse 22.)
2. Check that the supply to the switch and terminal30 of the relay is live.
3. Check the relay: Press the switch and check thatthe ~upply to the electric heating for the rearwindow is live.
4. Check that the mercury switch closes the circuitwhen the top is raised.
5. Check the connectors, oable harnesses andearth connections.
232 Electric heatingforthe<rear wil7lQPw, Convertible
Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia
. 17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A~YBe holder. in/the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheel
....••<.~g.g~.ing47J .~~~FWindOW heater warning lamp
:iQ;!Ve combined instrument on the instru.'Dtl")tp~nel
48 6r~~t~"tte.lighterontheJascia
59 2~pdl€fcohnector
one in.theelectrical distribution box in theengine. c()lT1partment, on the left-handwheel hOl1S\Qg.one on the inside of the top, on the left-handside (Conyer1Ible)
60 Single-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the lefthand lid hinge, behind the trim
113 Relay/timedelay relay for the electricallyheated rearwindowin the electriqal distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
115 Electric heater forthe rear window
116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-dow .in the centre ofth~fascia
152A 29-pole white cdl"ll"l~ctor1528 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment,on the left-hand wheelhousing. The ;connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
159 Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
169 Switch, ACon the fascia
207 Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door
279 Mercury switch for the electrically heatedrear window (Convertible)on the top mounting on the left-hand side,inside the top
Saab900
279
47J
207
Saab900
Electric heating for the rear window, Convertible 233
116
Components
113
468GN 0.75
60
591
191A
ffi~~
(0v)crr=EJ~
Ii!G;
~L.w";"""4--.....:!z.L!1!:L~1
rs
4SOCRD 1.5
162
762 RO 1.5
M89:SE,FI.EU.GB.ME,FE,AU
4S6E SV 1.5
450A RD 1.5
450B RD 1.5
450 RD 1.5
287
Saab900
455SV/VT 1,5M89: US.CA.JP
'"""3
:'l "!
" "a: a:
G; i3'" "" "" "
c windoWregul
456A SV 1.5
"'67G BR 0.75
152A
T 1.
EI
454 R
(0.0.)crr=EJL2I£B
2
591
491 GR 1.5 7
"-__-"59"".o.A-"B"-R.,1.',"'5_--j>17<1------'5'-".9l!;lA"B""Re-1"'.5<---,
'- -"'S9""£.B",B,,-R-"1.,,,S_-I> 21 ct---,S""9'!£B...!B""R-,,",,.5,---,
M
193
+54II
11KVT 2.5
Elecfricwindow'regulators
'1'57+-~+ - IZJ17
. - +
492 BR 1.5
190A
468GN 0.75
'"...,;15
"~.
467F BR
467C BR
+xII300RD 1.0
234
~;;1~'''c'b:: 58
1206 BR(VT 0.75 E2
13 152B
44AGN 1.0
455 454
'~f f",:·MM"
"'"
Saab900
OperationAll window regulators in the car can'be'e0perated bymeans of switches in the centreconsole}between thefrorit seats. Under certain circumsta't1ces, the window regulator in each ofethele§lr,9P8r~can also beoperated by means of a sWitchii:r~heGorresponding
door. . i,,':" .' .The supply is taken fro'mf.y~~1J,via 29-pole whiteconnector 152A, to the fi{i1owing sWitches on thecentre console:
• Switch 189, for switching in and out the windowregulators in the.fE1ar.doors
• To switches 162 (driver's door), 163 (co-driver'sdoor), 190 (Ieff~handreardoor) and 191 (righthand rear door).
If switch 189 is closed, the rear window regulatorscan also be operated from switches 190A in theleft-hand rear door and 191A in the right-hand reardoor.
If switch 189 is open, the switches in the rear doorswill be inoperative. The window regulators in the reardoors can then only be operated by means of theswitches on the centre console. To open the window,press the window symbol on the button.
As an example, if switch 190 (for the left-hand reardoor) on the centre console is depressed, one of thetwo -pairs of contacts (depending on whether thewi~dow is to be raised or lowered) will close. Currentwill then flow to switch 190A in the left-hand reardoor, through the switch and to regUlator motor 193.It then flows through the second pair of contacts ofthe switch, back to the switch on the centre consoleand to earth (117).
For a complete description o~ the wiring for the lighting of the switches on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see also the section entitled "Lighting systems, Lighting for controls - US, CA, JP".
The connector~. (59) marked SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FEand AU: in the diagram are used for adjusting theoperation of the system to suit RHD or LHD cars. Thisalso applies to cars for Japan.
E,lectric window regulators 235
Automatic window regulator controls-Unlike the other switches, driver's door switch 162has two positions for lowering the window. Thisswitch is also connected to time-delay relay 287.
Position 1: The window travels downwards as long asthe switch is kept depressed in this position. -Apositive voltage is supplied to motor 164 across pin2 on the switch and across the relay contacts. Themotor will stop when the switch is released.
Position 2: The window opens fu Ily even if the switchis released after a brief instant.The coil of relay 287 is now supplied with a positive
,voltage across pin 5 of the switch, and the relay isenergised. The motor is supplied across the closedrelay contacts (pin 15). The supply is maintained (forapprox. 6 seconds) by the time-delay function of therelay until the window has been lowered fully, even ifthe switch is released immediately. (The downwardtravel of the window may be interrupted by setting theswitch to position 3, "Raise".)
Position 3: The window will travel upwards as long asthe switch is held depressed in this position. Themotor is suppUed across pin 7 on the switch and thedirection of rotation is reversed, causing the windowto be raised.
Fault-tracing hints_The electric window regulators will be operative when
the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 11 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that terminal 7 of switch 189 and terminals 3 and 6 of the other switches in the centreconsole are live. (On 162, terminal 3 only.)
\If the window regulators in the rear doors cannotbe operated from the corresponding switches inthe rear doors, check that current flows fromswitch 189 to terminals 3 and 6 of theseswitches as well.
3. Check the switches by measuring at their terminals.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Automatic window regulator,CO&:l!l'OlsCheck the automatic window regUlator:' controls asfollows: Set switch 16~to position 2,aMc:hE1ck thatthe supply to pin 4 on the relay is live. Pin 1 should be ,_earthed. Check thatpin~)Clnd pin 15 oHhe relay,~r~>live. - -' "
Saab900
190 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
190A Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door
191 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
191A Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door
193 Motor for left-hand rear electric window reg-·ulatorin the left-hand rear door
194 Motor for right-hand rear electric windoregulatorin the right-hand rear door
287 Relay for automatic control of window regulatorsunder the back seqt, on the left-hand side
Electric window r~gulators
60
58
59
~tra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holder ...•.•...in the electrical distribution}Wx, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
57 3-pole connector" one behind the trim, at thecbr~~spbndingB
pillar .
12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia to theleft of the steering column
2-pole connectorone in the engine compartment,~tthe upper hinge of the left-hand front dqor, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the engine compartmehtat the upper hinge of the right-hand front doortwo under the centre console, between thefront seats (1989 model)
Single-pole connectorone under the centre console, between thefront seatsone behind the trim, at the corresponding Bpillar
Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector
in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
162 Switch for driver's doorelectricwindow regulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
163 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
164 Motor for left-hand front electric windowregula{or-in the left-hand front door
165 Motor" for right-hand front electric windowregulatorin the right-hand front door
189 Switch for the rear-door electric window regulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre console
117
236
Locations of components17
Electric window regulators 237
164,165,193,194 c2.=;87=-- ----l
Saab900
190A191A
Components
162163189190191
456GSV 1.5
ble
.-I.55CSV 2.5
453 4528L/VT 2.5 GL/RD 2.5
nve
M89:SE,FI,EU,GB,FE,AU
453A 452ABL/VT 2.5 GL/RD 2.5
M89:SE,FI,EU,GB,
~
162
450A RD 1.5
456£ SV 1.5
762 RD 2.5
287
763SV 2.5
4555V/VT 2.5(M89: US.CA.JP.M90)
Saab900
765CL 0.75
455A SV 2.5
'> '> '>000
'" '" '"" " "'" '" <0" ........
446 GN D 1.5
447 GN T 1.5
467D BR VT 0.75
467B BR VT 0.75
.~o~
>
'"lD
~
+54I"IVT 2.5
c window regulators,
164
467BR/VT 0.75
193
+54II
Electric window regulators, Convertible
EI
on~"0 0
~~> >
'" '"lD
<0CD
0 '"'" '"
467C BR
LArh'"
13 152B
44ACN 1.0
,
~~% """"")~g g:::>::;; ::;;w· <i.c;::~ '-'WW u)(l)u.. :::>
300RO 1.0
+xII
238
Saab900
E.1~9!ricwindow regulators, Convertible 239
OperationThe window regulators in the car can be operated bymeans of switches in the centre console between thefront seats. '
The supply is taken from fuse 11'ViCl/V/hite 29-poleconnector 152A, to the following sW,itches:
" 162 in the driver's door
• 163 in the co-driver's door
The following switches aresl.Jpplied from fuse 2 via2-pole connector 59:
• 190 (left-hand side window)
• 191 (right-hand side window)
To open the window, press the window symbol on thebutton.
As an example, if switch 190 (for the left-hand reardoor) is depressed, one of the two pairs of contacts(depending on whether the window is to be raised orlowered) will close. Current will then flow to regulatormotor 193.. It then flows through the second pair ofcontacts of the switch, and to earth (117).
For a complete description ofthe wiring for the lighting of the switch on cars for the US and CA marketsand 1989 model for JP, see also the section entitled"Lighting systems, Lighting for controls - US, CA and1989 for JP".
Right-hand drive cars1989 models
The connectors (59) marked SE, FI, EU, GB, FE, AU inthe diagram are used for adjusting the operation ofthe system to suit RHO or LHO cars. This also appliesto cars for Japan.
1990 models
On right-hand drive cars, items 454 and 455 on relay287 change places with items 453 and 452 onswitch 163.
Automatic window regulator controlsUnlike the other switches, driver's door switch 162has two positions for lowering the window. Thisswitch is also connected to time-delay relay 287.
Position 1: The window travels downwards as long asthe switch is kept depressed in this position.A positive voltage is supplied to motor 164 across pin2 on the switch and across the relaycontacts. Themotor will stop when the switch is released:
Position 2: The window opens fully even if the switchis released after a brief instant.The coil of relay 287 is now supplied with a positivevoltage across pin 5 of the switch, and the relay isenergised. The motor is supplied across the closedrelay contacts (pin 15). The supply is maintained (forapprox. 6 seconds) by the time-delay function of therelay until the window has been lowered fully, even ifthe switch is released iml11ediately. (The downwardtravel ofthe window may be interrupted by setti ng theswitch to position 3, "Raise".)
Position 3: The window will travel upwards as long asthe switch is held depressed in this position.The motor is supplied across pin 7 on the switch andthe direction of rotation is'reversed, causing the window to be raised.
Fault..tracing hintsThe electric window regulators will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.
1. Check fuses 11 and 2 and check that the supplyto them is live.
2. Check that terminals 3 and 6 of the switches inthe centre console are live. (On 162, terminal 3only.)
3. Check the switches by measuring at their terminals.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Automatic window regulator controlsCheck the automatic window regulator controls asfollows: Set switch 162 to position 2 and check thatthe supply to pin 4 on the relay is live. Pin 1 should beearthed. Check that pin 3 and pin 15 on the relay arelive.
Saab900
240 Electric window regulators, Convertible
Motor for left-hand side-window electric regulatoron the left-hand side, at the rear
Motor for right-hand side-window electricregulatoron the right-hand side, at the rear
Relay for automatic control of window regulatorsin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position A
287
194
193locations of components17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches
and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia to theleft of the steering column
59 2-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the right-hand front doortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo under the centre console between thefront seats (1989 model)
60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, between the frontseats
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing.' The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
162 Switch for driver's door electric window regulatorbetween the front seats, on·the centre console
163 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
164 Motor electric window regu-lator "'_in the left-hand door
165 Motor for right-hand electric window regulatorin the right-hand door
190 Switch for left-hand side-window electricregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
191 Switch for right-hand side-window electricregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre console
lOr:::=! 1Ic:::J 6c:::J ..c:::J 2c::Jst=:l7c:::::3 sc=:J Jc:::J lc:::l
287164,165,193;194
Saab900
EI§~~~rlcwindow regulators, Convertible 241
1S216:3100191
Components
1III
III IIIrear-view mirrors
310VL/vT 0.75
11EVT 2.5
Saab900
9 1528
+54II
cally 0
+III
Ele
Electrically operated rear.:.viewmirrors242
I310 VL/VT 0.75 311 VLlVT 0.75
I1 1
!!
~--~I I 7f-J0----{)
::r.r1 ? 124 0----{)~--- ,1- 125- -
L-o <r-- L-o6 5 4 3 6 3 4 5
I 312 SV 0.75 31 10(
'US.CA. SE,FI,EU,GB. ~'~ MGQo JP
U') U') 1" ~ ~..... ..... SV 0.75 SV 0.75 SV 0.75U') a a 5 161 5 98..... 0 f- U')a ~ <: .....
3 '--." , af- 0:: Z> Cl Cl >U') to .....
);3(/)
n n n Sv;.75 US,CA ... --.,'"• ·113 n
B 24 19 :1528 • 87 • rt7 3I20
U') U') 320A U') U')
..... ..... GL/VT 1.0 ..... .....a a
~1528c:i a
U') U')..... 0 f- 320B ..... 0 f-
a ~ <: GLjVT 1.0~;'.J
c:i .g; <:f- 0:: Z f- a:: z> Cl Cl 314 > t:> Cl 318I[) to ..... SV 0.75 320A (J) N 0 SV 0.75Nn ;;; ;;; GL/VT 1.0 ;;; '" '" /'
~I I~I ~I 1~1123 6°l~ l~60 I~I I~I I~I. T~123 318SV
U') I[)~
0 I[) U')
..... ..... ..... .....a c:i U')
c:i aU')'1[) I[) f- f-..... 0 f- ..... <: <: ..... 0 f- ..... 107
c:i ~ <: -a a ~ <: a sv..J ..J
f- 0:: Z > t:> Cl f- 0:: Z > 1> Cl Cl (/) « > t:> Cl (/)£D
I[) to ..... ... 0 0 I[) to ..... ...N N ;;; n n nn ;;; n ;;; '" '" 107
~I I~I ~I 1~1123 . 60~~ r~60 W 1*1 I:tl 1~1123 sv
rtT 158 rh
.-- I-
> > f- > ..J a::(/) If) > (/) £D ro
f- >. ..J 0:: BR BR> If) £D roll \,
,~ 126 207 207 ~ 127
'OISH 019A
US,CA
Saab900
;,.c~l~~trically operated rear-view mirrors 243
Right-hand switch 125 and motor 127
,
Fault-tracing hintsThe rear-view mirrors will be operativewhen the ignition switch is in. the drive position.
1. Check fuse 8 and ch~ck that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supply to the correspondingswitch is live.
3. By operating the switch, check thatthe supply tothe corresponding motor and to the solenoid islive. The table shown in the "Operation" sectionlists the cables that are live in each switch position.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
+ to solenoid
+ to solenoid
320 green-white 321 grey-red
320 green-white 319 white321 grey-red 319 white
Motor to earth
Motor to earth
317 green-white 316 grey-red
317 green-white 315 white316 grey-red 315 white
Pos. + to motor
~ 321 grey-red~ 320 green-white
t 321 grey-redt 320 green-white
OperationEach of the outer rear-view mirrors [sf6perated bymeans of a four-position switch. .
The two switches 124 (left) and 12S«F@lt) are supplied from fu,se 8, via red 29-polec.onnector 152B.
Each rear-view mirror will turn iO·t!}~direction inwhich the switch lever is moved. Forhorizontal setting, only the mirror motof~8a~E)::l.Jsed. For verticalsetting, a solenoid is alspenergised, which causesthe motors to move the mirrors vertically instead ofhorizonta lIy. .
The following table lists the cables that are Iive/earthed in each switch position:
Left-hand switch 124 and motor 126
~ 316 grey-red~ 317 green-white
t 316 grey-redt 317 green-white
Pos. + to motor
US and CA marketsCars for these markets are equipped with electricallyheated rear-view mirrors 207, which are supplied viathe switch for the heating of the rear window.
Saab900
Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia
Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door
207
161
Earthing point in the fascia
Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left~hand wheel.housing
Single-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge ofthe left-handfrontdoor, behindthe electrical distribution box .one in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment,at the upper hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the right-hand front door
10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia (behind the knee shield)
Relay/time-delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position C
4-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the right-hand front door
Switch for the left-hand electrically operated rear-view mirroron the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn
98
22A
60
113
125 Switch for the right-hand electrically operated rear-view mirror
.on the fascia, to the right of the steeringcolumn
126 Motor for the left-hand electrically operatedrear-view mirrorin the left-hand rear-view mirror
127 Motor for the right-hand eJectrically operated rear-view mirrorin the right-hand rear-view mirror
1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
123
124
Locations of components3
10
244 Electrically operated rear-view mirrors
201126127
J;t~qtricallyoperated rear-view mirrors 245
Saab900
Components
JlCJlB81~S ~124
113 125'----------'
+xII30DRD 1.0
sunroof
Saab900
182
+54II11KVT 2.5
cally 0
If) t1)
00: tY
11528OJ (J)
<l: (J)
&i &iIf) t1)
44AGN 1.0
152A
If) t1)
SE,FI,EU,GB,ME, US,CA,00: tY ME,FE,AU,M90: JP M89: JPOJ (J)
<l: (J)
&i &i 44DIf) t1) GN 0.75
591C 206 17BR 2.5 BRjVT 0.75
591BR 2.5 tffiffi592A
SV 2.5 7 + -6 8 1 3
(0D)181
l'ROOF BRjVT 0,75
t1) t1)
N N
0 z 12 58tY C)
"" t1)Q) Q)t1) t1)
593 GN 0.75
59
117
592 SV 2.5
246 Electrically operated. sunroof
Fault-tracing hintsThe sunroofwill be operative when the ignition switchis in the drive position.
1. Check fuse 11 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the supply to terminals 3 and 6 islive.
3. Close the switch and check that the supply tothe motor is live.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
OperationSwitch 181 for the electrically operat~pi'~unroof issupplied from fuse 11, via white29-~~1€)connector
152A. To open the sunroof, depress the left-handdownward arrow symbol on the s'Aiit<;h. ....
Motor 182 is earthed via terrr1ina1~>~·i~~d 8 on therocker-type switch. For a compret.ed~scription of thewiring forthe lighting of switsh1810n cars forthe USand CA markets and 198fl>lJ'1()9~lforJP, see also thesection entitled "Lightingsy§t~ms,Lighting for controls - US, CA and 1989forJP'~.
Saab900
Electrically operated sunroof 247
Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column
58
22A
59 2-pole connectorat the motor for the electrically operatedsunroof
60 Single-pole connectorone under the centre console, between thefront seats
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handc
brake lever
152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector
in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
181 Switch for the electrically operated sunroofbetween the front seats, on the centre console
182 Motor for the electrically operated sunroofat the extreme rear of the luggage compartment, under the spare wheel hatch
locations of components17
Saab900
Electrically operated sunroof·248
~--b
sunroof 249
182
Electrically operated
181
Saab900
.Components
015H 010A ....----__..
./(/
US,CA,
~440GN 0.75
206BR/VT 0.75
+xII300RD 1.0
13 152B
HAGN 1.0 .
206BR/VT 0.75
702A SV 4.0
593 GN 0.75
707 SV 4.0
700B VT 4.0
595 GN 0.75
SE,FI,EU,GB,~p
:Convertible top+54
IIllLVT 2.5
700VT 4.0
Saab900
70BA SV T 0.75
RD 16.0
~~l 0.75 ffiiliJ-+592 SV 0.75
117
70lA RD 4.0
700A VT 4.0
706 SV 4.0
594 RD 0.75
cally opera
Electrica Ily operated Gonvertible top250
Saab900
;(~~lectricaHyoperated Convertible top 251
Operation ~:!Cii~(~~t(!;!;!}.Y ,
\ .. '/,;!'Two hydraulic cylinder? actuated bY;QiWfr~manelec-
tric-motor driven hydraulic pumpare:U$~dfor raisingand lowering the top. • /'
Switch 181 for operating the!t(')l?;!is!~9Bplied fromfuse 12 via red 29-pole conl1~.ctQr.£!5:2Bi:lnd10-poleconnector 98. .
When the top is being IQI,ver~(H!611rrentflowsfrom pin2 on the switch to relaY2'T~;!~!JTBD!isenergised.Therelay coil is earthed9:9~9~~I{~~ltcl\ 43 for the handbrake warning lamp,':gn91t~~~'{~9!p;dbrake must therefore be applied beforelhel()p Can be operated.
Motor 273 of the hydraylispymp (P) is now suppliedacross the relaycol'lt~8ts'fr<)rnbattery1 and fuse 290(25 A). The motor is eartlledthrough the second relay(277) which is de~enefgised.
To raise the top, the direction of rotation ofthe motoris reversed, since relay277 is energised instead, andrelay 278 is de-energised.
For a complete description ofthe wiring for the lighting of switch 181 on cars for the US and CA marketsand 1989 model for JP, see also the section entitled"Lighting systems, Lighting for controls- US, CA and1989 for JP".
Fault-tracing hintsThe top can be operated when the ignition switch is inthe drive position and the handbrake is applied.
1. Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.
2. Check that the relays for raising and loweringthe top perform correctly.
3. Check that the relays are energised at terminal87 and that the hydraulic pump motor is energised when the switch is actuated.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
Batteryon the right-hand side of the engine compartment
Earthing point onthe radiator cross-member
Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
7
17
locations of components1
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
43 Handbrake switchunder the plastic cover at the handbrakelever
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column
59 2-pole connectorat the motor for the top
60 Single-pole connectortwo under the centre console, between thefront seats
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the side ofthe right-hand wheel housing
98 10-pole connectorunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
152B 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
181 Switch for the electrically operated topbetween the seats, on the the centre console
211 Earthing point on the gearbox
273 Motor for the hydraulic pumpunder the back seat, on the right-hand side
277 Relay for raising the topin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position C
278 Relay for lowering the topin the elactrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position D "
290 Fuse for the topin the engine compartment, on the righthand side (at distribution block 75)
Saab900
252 Electrically operated Convertible top
18143
Saab900
Electrically operated Convertible top 253
277
Components
57R 501 BR 1.0 57R SV,---"':=':-=--""-1:<>30\--'='--"'-'---""'--103
175
I locking
q...:~~~'--------14
,---------,18,
Cen
1
152A500 GN 1.0
9 500 GN 1.0
504ABR VT 1.0
11 504A BR VT 1.0
" 10 505A VL 1.0
--'508 GN VT 1.0> 19«
"' 509 GL 1.0023on
Sf.! GR 1.5
+30I
ISKGR 2.S
Central locking
:3 "1-0
"I- 0>...; >
z--' > 0:: --'"" V> <D >183 <DO> a N
'"57 00 0 0on on on on on 1842
10
3 501 SV 1.0 24
254
RHD
/~------------::---:-:-----------Saab 900
OperationThe central locking system ofthe car locks or unlocksall doors and the luggage compartmentlidwherithekey is turned in the lock of the driver's door.
Terminal 4 of control unit 175 for the ceHtfallockingsystem is continuously supplied frornfl,.l~e 24; viawhite 29-pole connector 152A. "WeAsontrql·. unit· iscontrolled by key switch 183 in.tb$drivE;lr's door.
When the driver's db?:r;.i~/;loc~El~;terrninal 1 of thecontrol unit will be earthedviaeartning point 117.
Current will then flow from output 8. All central locking motors (which are connected in parallel) will nowbe energised for approx. 1 second and the doors willbe locked. The motors are earthed through pin 7 ofthe control unit, and on from terminal 3 to earthingpoint 117.
When the driver's door is unlocked, terminal 20fthecontrol. unit will instead be earthed across the keyswitch. The motors will now be energised from pin 7instead, and will be earthed across pin 8 of thecontrol unit (for approx. 1 second), causing the locksto open.
On right-hand drive cars, the key switch is connectedto connector 57R, and motor 184 for the co-driver'sdoor lock is connected to connector 59R.
Saab900
Central locking 255
fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 24 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to terminal 4 of controlunit 175 is live.
3; Check that pin 7 of the control unit is live whenthe doors are being unlocked and that pin 8 islive.Whenthedoors are being locked.
~,.- ... :.:, .... : -' ...- . .-. c.:.-:-· .'.
NotethatterlTli9~1~;7·and8 are. only energisedfor around one se.gondin conjunction with locking and unlocking. Measuremeritat these terminals must therefore be carried out when keyswitch 183 is switching over.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
NoteOn testing, the actuating motors may be connectedto terminals 7 and 8 of the control unit only. Do notconnect them to any other power supply sources.Doing so may overload the motors and damage them.
256 CentraI locking
Locations of components22A Fuse holder
in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
57 3-pole connectorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box
57R 3-pole connectorone in the right-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the right-hand front door'
59 2-pole connectorone in the right-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the left-hand rear doorone iii the right-hand rear doorone in the luggage compartment lid, nearthe motor for the luggage compartment lockone in the luggage compartment, above the
, left-hand wheel housing
59R 2-pole connectorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box
117 Earthing pointbetween thE:} ignition switch clOd the handbrake lever
123 4-pole connectorone in the left-hand B pillarone in the right-hand B pillar
152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, behind the knee shield
183 Key switch for the driver's central. door lockin the driver's door
184 Motor for the co-drivers door lockin the co-drivers door, at the rear, under thelock
185 Motor for the right-hand rear door lockunder the lock in the right-hand, rear door
186 Motor for the left-hand rear door lockunder the lock in the left-hand rear door
188 Motor for the tailgate lockin the tailgate
Saab900
257
188
Central locking
183184185186
Saab900
175
Components
nvertlble
57R 501 8R 1.0 57R SVr---="'-'--=--'=----to3 OI-=-'--'=-'=--1o3
'5
~ M89:il M90:LHD.__._~ .,.._:J
015H 016A
2 159
~....
~>
'" --'lD >
~ ~0 0
'" '"
>>
'"lD«....g
>>
'"CD
~
'"
king-
Saab900
>>z"aJo
'"
152A 175500 GN 1.0 500 GN 1.0
4504A 88R VT 1.0
11504A BR VT 1.0
~ 10 505A VL 1.0
--' 7> 19 508 GN VT 1.0
2«'" 509 GL 1.00
23'"
1
3 501 SV 1.0 24
10
572
51.1 GR 1.5
Central I
+30I
15KGR 2.5
Central locking - Convertible258
RHD
Fault..traclng hints1. Check fuse 24 and check that the supply to it is
live.
2. Check that the supply to terminal 4 of controlunit 175 is live.
3. Check that pin 7 of the co~trolunitis live whenthe doors are being un1oC;ked and that pin 8 is
live.whenthe.d~~rsiar;~~inglogked.
Note..thatterrninaIS>~b~~~{§~reBnIY energisedfor around one SeCOt1cl.incgnJY.J1cbonwith locking and unlocking. Measurement at these terminals must therefore be carried out when keyswitch 183 is switching over.
4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
OperationThe central locking system of the car locks or uhlocksthe doors and the luggage compartment lid when thekey is turned.in the lock of the driver's door.
Terminal 4 of control unit 175 for the ce'~t.~pII()Ckingsystem is continuously suppliedfrorni'f~:SE:)24;!\lia
29-pole white connector 152A.The'c;optrolunit is .controlled by key switch 183 lin the driver's door..
When the driver's door JsIOGked,1.~rfnil1aI10fthecontrol unit will be earthed via earthing point 117.
Current will then flow from output 8. Both centrallocking motors will now be energised for approx. 1second and the doors will be locked. The motors areearthed through pin 7 of the control unit, and on fromterminal 3 to earthing point 117.
When the driver's door is unlocked, terminal 2 of thecontrol unit will instead be earthed across the keyswitch. The motors will now be energised from pin 7instead, and will be earthed across pin 8 of thecontrol unit (for approx. 1 second), causing the locksto open.
Saab900
Central locking - Convertible 259
NoteOn testing, the actuating motors may be connectedto terminals 7 and 8 of the control unit only. Do notconnect them to any other power supply sources.Doing so may overload the motors and damage them.
260 Central locking'"'- Convertible
Locations of components22A Fuse holder
in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
3-pole connectorone in the left-hand front door()nein the engine compartment, at the upH~~ftlinge ofthe left-hand front door; behind;tfje~lectrical distribution box
57Rg~P8leconnector
89te.iR~~~ ..right-hand front door0Q~tinmEl.engine compartment, at the uppe~tling~of the right-hand front door
59 2-pole cOhnectoronE! in t~~(ri~ht-hand dooron~. inm~Elri~me.compartment, at the upperhin~eofth~right-hand front doorone int~El Jl,!g~a.ge compartment lid, nearthe motoLf%~~e luggage compartment lockone in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand lid hinge, behind the trim
59R 2-pole conne.ctorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the upper hinge ofthe left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be"hind the knee shield
183 Key switch for the driver's central door lockat the rear of the drivers door
184 Motor for the co-drivers door lockat the rear of the co-drivers door, under thelock
188 Motor for the tailgate lockin the tailgate
Saab900
261ConvertibleCentral locking
W33'U84
Saab900
~~
Components
TIP OFF
11M"VT 2.5
+54I
76
603B"RD 0.5
RD 0.75
m
98
;.._-- '"u i"c'~AlRO 0.5 ;' I
59 ' ""1 I
."
l!
IIL-..,
"
603A RO 1.0
I sy
r-_-"6"'°1'-"'Gl'-"-'0..!..:75"--_-b 4 GlO.75:."
2 6 /9
615SV 1.0
3
Saab900
'"lDoo'"
l1EVT 2.5
'"lDg'"
+54I
AUM89:SE,F1,
EU,GB,ME,FE1.190: {I,C)SE,
F1,EU,GB,.J;tE{E,JP
613ABlO.5
g59 '"o d..J
613A lD
BlO.5 n<0~
131
123KGN/VT 1.0
+15I
3
614SV 0.5
i:3~52BIh~/VT 0.75
US,CAM89:JP
1.190: (T)SE,FI,k\l~G.B,Ml,F~~
134
616SV 0.75
Croise Co
3
60 60'" MAN .Mil.d
60 '" ~lD
~1i~Q,060 123u
00 600B BR 1.0 2: BR'"
I,'~1~;jl~t;1187 152C
j ~~/VT 1.51..-,;.;;_;.;._-~24-"-60"'5'_'G"'R'__'_"1.0"___I>17 605 GR 1.0
233 p 18 604 OR 1.0
l.-~"t"""-'~~-l>19 603 RO 1.0
-30
AUT '~ ~~C "o SV 0.75 USCA AU'> 1.189: JP MB9: SE,F1,C/l 133 1.190: (T) EU.GB,ME.FEu SE,F1.EU 1.190: (l,e)SE,~ 61SA ~~.dI;' FI,EU.GB,
Il-~_~=~ SV 0.75 ME.FE,JP,~
30
9
,..---- "- - 30
5CGR 1.0
Cruise ControFsystem
+30I
'"0.-'
0 '"'" '"N N
;2 ;2
'"Cl
'"lDN
'"
262
Cruise Control system 263
0 4f 1 {I -'- 'vI _..
(\.-1 ..~ ...
Or l/1
--r- 1--, I{
d t - \
~l r~ (l /f -I '(i.< r 0 - l: "":k ......... .--'
The memory of the control unit is not erased, so theselected speed can be resumed after the pedal hasbeen released. This is done by pressing the selectorto the RESUME position, thereby applying a supplyvoltage to terminal 6 of the control unit.
A TIP position is provided between the ON and OFFpositions .of selector 141. When the selector ispressed to this position, the supply to terminal 9 ofthe control unit will be interrupted and the CruiseControl system will be switched out (the vacuumpump will stop and the vacuum valve will open).
When the selector is released, its return spring willreturn it to the ON position, and the supply to terminal ~ of the control unit will be re-established.
To revert to the selected speed, the selector must bepressed to the RESUME position, thereby applying asupply voltage to terminal 6 of the control unit.
The information in the memory of the control unit iserased when the ignition is switched off.
Cars with the Turbo engine and Cruise Control arealso equipped with vacuum switch 233 controlledfrom the vacuum pump through a hose. When theswitch is closed, the control unit will reduce theboost pressure to the basic value, thus providingsmoother control of the speed of the car.
US and CA marketsCars for these markets are equipped with a CRUISEwarning lamp (:J-7U) which will light up when selector141 is set to ON.
Automatic transmissionThe Cruise Control system..is supplied from fuse 13via the white 29-pole connector 152A. The systemwill thus be inoperative until the selector lever is inone of the drive positions.
Manual gearbox.The Cruise Control system is supplied from fuse 8.
Op~.ration
The Cru ise'Control system consists of thetollowingcomponents:
~ Speed transmitter 132
• Selector 14.1 for Cruise Control
• Control unit 131 for Cruise Control
It Vacuum pump 187 for Cruise Control (with vacuumvalve)
• Vacuum controller
• Pedal switches 133 and 134
The system is switched in by.means of selector 141.When the latter is set to thebN position, the supplywill be taken to vacuum pump and vacuum valve 187.The pump is earthed a'cross terminal 4 and valveacross terminal· 7. In addition, a supply is taken fromthe selector to terminal 9 of the control unit.
. When the SEfbutton is depressed, the supply circuitwill be closed to terminal 2 ofthe control unit and theroad speed ofthe car will be read by speed transmitter 132. The value will be fed into the memory ofthecontrol unit and stored there.
Vacuum pump .187 generates a vacuum in the vacuum controller. This vacuum corresponds to the selected speed. The vacuum ~ontroller is connected bychain to the acceleratorJinkage..
The speed of the car i~ sensed continuously and iscompared with the'value store.d in the memory. In theevent of a deviation, the vacuum pump/vacuum valve}Nill increase or decrease the vacuum in the con-troller, thus resetting the accelerator linkage.
When terminal 4 is earthed, the vacuum pump willrun and the vacuum in the controller will increase,thereby increasing the accelerator setting.
When terminal 7 is ea'rthed, the vacuum valve will beclosed and the vacuum in the system will be constant.
When terminals 4 and 7 are both open (not earthed),the vacuum pump will be stationary and the valve willbe open. The vacuum in the controller will decrease,thereby reducing the accelerator setting.
If the clutch or brake pedal is depressed, the circuitto earth will be opened by tpe corresponding pedalswitCh (133 or 134). At the same time, a valve in thepedal switches will open, so that the vacuum will belost. The pedal switches thus take both the electricalsystem and the vacuur:n system out of operation.
The pedal switches are normally eartl)ed across the. l brake light bulbs. If a fault should occur on one o,fthe
switches 133 or 134, the Cruise Control system willbe switched out by brake light switch 29, since apositive voltage will be applied to terminal 3 of control unit 131.
Saab900'
264 Cruise Control system
Fault-tracing hintsThe Cruise Control system will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position ..
OFF position
Note.Fault tracing can be carried out withoutthe ignitionbeing set to drive. .
1. Check fuse 8 and check thatthesupplyto·it islive (MAN).
2. Check fuse 13 and check thatthei$llP~ly tQitislive. Also check switch 76 (AUT):/
3. Check that the supply to termina:f:4;Bf$el~ctor
141 and to terminal 1 of control uhit131islive.
4. Check the voltage at terminal 1 Bf$pe€)cfttarlSmitter 132.
ON position
1. Check the voltage at terminal 1 of the selectorand at tenninal 9 of the control unit.
2. Check that the supply to vacuum pump 187 islive.
SETposition (spring-loaded)
1. Check the voltage at terminal 2 of the selectorand terminal 2 of the control unit.
RESUME position (spring-loaded) .;f
1. Check the voltage at terminals 1 and 3 of theselector and at terminals 6 and 9 of the controlunit.
2. Checkthatthe supply to the vacuum pump is live(cable 603 RD).
3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.
/
Saab900
I
(
Saab900
266 Cruise Control system
29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector, are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing .
Control unit for the APC systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
Solenoid valveat the extreme front of the engine 'compartment, above the radiator fan
Vacuum pump for Cruise Control,.in the engine compartment, forward ot theleft-hand wheel housing
Vacuum switch for Cruise Controlin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing
Speed warning buzzerbehind the combined instrument
256
233
187
179
177
159
152A1528152CEarthing point in the fascia
Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
Earthing point in the luggage compartment
Fuse holderin the electrical distribution boX, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Brake light switchat the brake pedal
Brake lampsin the rear light clusters
Reversing light switchunder the centre console, at the selectorlever
31
30
29
47U Cruise Control warning lampin the combined instrument
59 2-pole connectorunder the fascia, on the left-hand side (behind the knee shield)
60 Single-pole connectortwo on the left-hand side under the fascia,at the 29-pole connectortwo under the fascia, to the left of the steering column, behind the knee shield
,76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.
transm. 'under the centre console, at the selectorlever
98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia
123 4-pole connectoron the left-hand side, under the fascia (be-hind the knee shield) ,
129 Buzzer for coolant temperatureunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn, behind the knee shield
131 Control unit for Cruise Controlon the left-hand side under the fascia (behind the knee shield)
132 Speed transmitterin the combined instrument
133 Clutch switch for Cruise Control\ at the clutch pedal
134 Brake switch for Cruise~Controlat the brake pedal
141 Selector for Cruise Controlin the direction indicator stalk switch ,on theleft-hand side of the steering column
Locations of components3
7
9
22A
233
133-134
Cruise Control system 267
187
132,41U
Sa.ab900
29
22A98' Ba(MAN)
GOIA-UT)152C152B152A
179
1.31
141
Components
1'J7300
'95CNjvT 0.5
OI~ 029C
257
B+ 0+ 2
2 J 59
22.
181'
;!LQ:.L
)
397
[~U.59M90
00 on.- on,; ,; ,;
'" ffi ffi~
~0 aa i<a
'0 26 9
+15II
152A
187AVT 0.75 -4
731Bl/VT 0.75
@aa===::'J298D
ti7300 f0 91.~2 ~59
1
4 1.co-iCO 2 3 105:-0 ~ ~ 294'---,' 5.'"
(o,Lr\5J'tr...{
r----r---nr9-'I @47Q ~SL47F I ~ (~47E II IANril rmlS£·f1·EU. I I rMllI ~ ~~II~II i~US.CA. II 1I Ilill!!QJAlI- I I IL_''L __ !l... ..J L f!'.-...J
751 187 195GRjVT 0.75 Vi 0.5 GN/VT 0.5
21
stem (
~.-~ 110 13
60 ~ VT 2.~> I'J~",~:10 11Gci VT 2.5
~ r;~_ I '0 122A
~ L::...J
30A 302A
3038
291
.1075
"--- -"0-,,""-"""•.a~>--,-7-"GRo...=2'0"--t29 7 CR 25
,..-_--t~_~,6.a._!'2f!A'-'C""RNT"'-'-""0.7"'-5-_I>" "._ ,9D'"~ 30 66 ~
/-C87 85
Saab900
ke
- <;>..747A 0 302RO/VT 0.75 '"
~
I~~30 293
85 87
744 BL 0.75
745CL '.D
,-'
297
0--6lQ,;
ffi~\.~-\'L
'--~
<~ 7<6
t''''t.......;.•..-, sv 4.0
7 211
203 8 1 2 H 32
/ "t. L U
35 '6 '700 on 00.- .- .-,; ,; ,;
~ ~ ~Q)
Bl 16;0 BL 25.0
30A
a..lil
.-- ~ r--
~ /erA 87 85292 ".~
In !l6
523
[~~59D
~r.~---'
~,;
in7<2
~
~n~.-,;
in93(M89) 300: .-§~ > "a
~7N
~3VT 0.75 93(M89)303A ~
~ on on on.- on"" ":on .-,;
""~ a" ,;~ ~'" z> ~> "'< "''''~
00
~~~
r::::~ .-
+ RO 16.0
Anti-lock b
L::::===Qa@298C
o <?I.J ~59
D
62.
12 27
<
~ 29
r;:;II 31 F2A
L..:::....J'3' Mill) MilSRD/VT1.a ~
r .... "~~,,,,)~-,-,-,a,,-,.7,,-5 _+-~~-I2..!5,7.QJ-".~/vT 0.75
• • :152Ar +- ~'----~-~~~-...12!UE!.t:fl....!ill~j7--18-----I' ..152CJ,..l~ ~ 751 aRM 0.75=
Anti-lock brake system (ASS)268
Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 269
Test equipmentASS system tester, part No. 89 96 514.
tacts. Since the relay is alwaYsd13-energised for atleast 2 seconds when the engill~Jsstarted,the lampwill light up during this time.(I-1?~l3y~r,the lamp mayremain alight for up to 60 sec09.8~!.untilthe correcthydraUlic pressure has bee9.re~c~~cl.) ..
When the igniti~n sWitChiSjtym~9,1~ttWdriveor startposition, brakewarnin~laITlR;,~7;.f;~lllTaJso light, up,since it will be earthed Vi(;lJR1:;9J~~~Of1prchargingwarning lamp. Whentheen~ineha.sst~rted and thealternator begins tocharge,(the VoltageatterminalD+ of the alternator will increase, the diodes in theearth circuit will cut off, and the warniog lamp will beextinguished.
contacts closed, floatin bottom positioncontacts closed, floatin the top position
IFL, IFR, IROFL, OFR, OR
Remarks
800 - 1400 ohmat least 0.1 V AC vaJuewhen the wheel is
rotating at 1 rev/s
Value
295 Master valve 2 - 5 ohm296 Inlet valves 5 - 7 ohm296 Outlet valves 3 - 5 ohm299 Brake fluid level sensor
Contacts 1-2 10 ohm
Contacts 3 - 4 1 ohm
298 Wheel sensors
CQmponent
HydraUlic pressure
The pressure in the hydraulic unit accumulator ismaintained at the correct value by a hydraUlic pump,which is driven by motor 297 and is controlled bypressure switch 294.
If the pressure is less than 140 bar when the engineis started, contacts 4-1 will be closed. The coil ofpump relay 293 is then earthed and motor 297 issupplied across the relay contacts.
When the hydraulic pump has raised the pressure inthe accumulator to 180 bar, the contacts will openand the motor wi II stop. If the pressure shou Id drop to140 bar while the car is travelling, the contactswillagain close and the pump will start. The pump requires 10 - 15 seconds to raise the pressure from140 bar to 180 bar.
fault tracingThe ASS system tester shoulcl be used for fault tracing in the ASS system. This tester carries out measurements on the entire ASS system automatically,in accordance with a program stored in the tester.Most ofthe measurements are taken while the car istravelling. Detailecl fault-tracing instructions are included in the manual supplied with the tester.
In exceptional cases, conventional measuring instruments may be used for fault tracing, and the tablebelow includes resistance values for valve coils, etc.and values for the output voltage from the wheelsensors.
.Operation of warning lamps when the car is started
. Thewarning lamps for the brake system light up everytime the engine is started. This allows the driver toch~BK that the bulb filaments are intact. (How thewarning lamps light up to indicate defects is coveredin the section entitled "Monitoring functions".)
When the ignition switch is turned to the start position, the +'54 supply to main relay 292 will be interrupted, the relay will be de-energised, and ASSwarning lamp 47Q will therefore be earthed at earthing point 63/93 via diode 303A and the relay con-
Power supply
When the ignition switch is turned to the drive position, pin 2 ofthe control unit will be energised (+54).The supply from pin 8 of the control unit then energises main relay292. The unit isthussupplied (+30)so that it can operate the control va Ives ofthe hydraulic unit.
Saab900
OperationThe Anti-lock Srake System (ASS) is controlled andmonitored electrically.
Only the electrical operation of the system is described in this manual, whereas the mechanical andhydraulic components are discussed in the SerViceManual, Group 5:2 Anti-lock braking system (ASS).
Asensor at each wheel of the car supplies the controlunit with information on the speed of rotation of thecorresponding wheel. If any of the wheels shouldtend to lock, the control unit will adjust the brakingeffort, i.e. the hydraulic fluid pressure in the brakelines, by means of electric control valves. The braking effort on the front wheels can be controlled individually, whereas that on the rear wheels is controlled jointly.
The brake unit, which is connected to the brake pedal, does not employ the vacuum in the engine intakemanifold for the servo action. The car is equippedinstead with an electrically driven hydraulic pumpwhich provides the servo action. The hydraulic fluidpressure ,is maintained at the required value bymeans of a pressure switch which controls the hydraulic pump motor.
Two warning lamps on the fascia are connected to thebrake system: the ASS warning lamp (ANTI LOCK) andthe usual brake warning lamp which is also incorpo-
. rated into brake systems without ASS. On cars for theUS, CA and UA market, the lamp is marked with thetext SRAKE FWID instead of the symbol.
. The components of the ASS system are suppliedacross the fuses on relay and fuse board 302.
Control unit 291 is protected by the 10A fuse, andmain relay 292 and pump relay 293 are protected bythe two 30A fuses.
In addition, warning lamps 47Q and 47F are supplied(+15) when the ignition switch is in the drive or startposition.
270 Anti-lock brake system (ASS)
Control unit 291Control unit 291 continually receives information onthe speed of rotation ofthe wheels from the followingfour wheel sensors:
298A left-hand front298B right-hand front298C left-hand rear2980 right-hand rear
On the basis of the speed values obtained from thesensors, the contrpl unit then controls the brakingeffort on the wheefs via the six hydraulic valves 296in the hydraulic unit. The front-wheel brakes are controlled indiVidually, whereas the brakes of the rearwheels are controlled jointly. One inlet valve and oneoutlet valve is provided for each function.
Left-hand front wheelIFL inlet valveOFL outlet valve
Right-hand front wheelIFR inlet valveOFR outlet valve
Rear wheels (common cirCUit)IR inlet valveOR outlet valve
In the de-energised condition, the inlet valves areopen and the outlet valves are closed.
When the ABS system is in operation, master valve295 will be energised and is open.
Saab900
'"I'o>1Il
«~I'
fj'7300
015H 007D
195GN/VT 0.5
6
299
YB + D+ 2
224
";"257
~~~'~~il~~~C731BL/VT 0.75
257
F----·~-··l
I 397 Id~:]j
'"" '"0 0"" ~
CD !D
"' 0>
'" 0>I' 0>
10 26 9
'"o>>
2 59
l87AVT 0.75
"'"
'"o>>
"'"
18
4 140-180 2 .3 105
l-A;;~I ~ f-) \ <.!:.J 2941 5
34
745GL 4.0
1533
291
11
r;297 M)-G
-2
746SV 4.0
... 745B SV 0.75 74.3 SV 0.75
3038 \\!/,/~_..::.99""S,--,S,-,-V--,0"".5,--__-+__---,ri793(MS9)
.§'.2.(~2)
Saab 900
17
'"I'0~
!D
«'"".I'
'" '"0 0.J ~
CD '-'« <>". '"". ".I' I'
14 32
1635
o.,;o""«OJ".
"
523
'""0>1Il
« 742'"
~n~"0>1Il
93(MS9) 300 : "6..~.(r,19,9) > ~
0
~7N
752 "GL/VT 0.75 ") 93(M89)
303A / §.~.L1;j.9,2)
'" '" '" '"" ~...: "'" "0~.J
ON 0>- ~'-' z> a> '-'« '-'1Il a:N ",0 OJ", '""' _N N_
~" 1'1' 1'1'
27 203 8 1 2
Anti-lock brake system (ASS)
624
+15II
+ RD 16.0
""'-'<>'"
~
W30A [}OA W30A 302Aa"";;:; '\
00.,;
~.,;
747A29
a302a RD/VT 0.75 ""a:
'"0 ".
'" .-- ""
I~~ ~86 30
~
~ 293a 292
""N 30 86 85 87~ \ 744 BL 0.75
131RD/VT 1.0
rt'152AL~
272
Power supply, hydraulic pressureand monitoring functions
IANTil~
BRAKEFLUID
\ANill~
Brake fluid level warning and ASS warninglamps light up simultaneously
Only the brake fluid level warning lamp will light up ifthe brake fluid level has dropped slightly.
Normal braking and ABS control remain unaffected.
Brake fluid warning lamp lights up
Only the ASS warning lamp will light up if the electronic control unit should detect a fault in the ASSsystem.
The ordinary brakes operate normally but the ABSsystem is disconnected.
Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 273
ASS warning lamp lights up
Summary of Indications provided by the warninglamps:
If both lamps are alight, this indicates eitherthatthebrake fluid in the reservoir has dropped further or thatthe hydraulic pressure has dropped to below 105 bar(1523 psi). This means that ASS control is inoperative and only reduced braking effort is available.
Joint activation due to low brake fluid level indicatesthat brake fluid is leaking out of the brake system.Stop Immediately and don't drive the car until repairshave been carried out.
Joint activation due to low hydraulic pressure indicates that the servo action and the brake pressure atthe rear wheels are not proportional to the pedalpressure. Finally, when the hydraulic pressure is 0bar, there will be no servo action and no brake pressure to the rear wheels. The front-wheel brakes willoperate normally, although without power assistance.
ABS warning lamp
The control unit monitors the performance ofthe ASSsystem and, if a fault should occur, will light up ANTILOCK warning lamp 47Q. When the lamp is alight, theABS function is inoperative, and the brake systemwill perform as a conventional brake system.
The following faults will cause pin 27 of control unit291 to earth the lamp, thus lighting it up:
• if the level in the brake fluid reservoir should dropbelow the MIN marking on the reservoir. Contacts1 - 2 of level sensor 299. will then open, thusopening the circuit between pins 9 and 10 of thecontrol unit. Under normal operating conditions,contacts 3 - 5 of pressure switch 294 are closed.(In this case, the brake warning lamp wmalso lightup.)
• ifthe pressure in the accumulator ofthe hydraulicunit should drop below 105 bar. Contacts 3 - 5 ofpressure switch 294 will then open. Contacts 1-2of level sensor 299 are closed if the level in thebrake fluid reservoir is correct. (The brake warninglamp will also light up.)
• if the signal level from one of the wheel sensors298 is too low. .
The follOWing faults will cause pin 8 ofthe control unitto be de-energised. ASS system relay 292 will thentrip and the lamp will be earthed at earthing point300 across the relay contacts and diode 303A.
• open-circuit in the wiring (or in the connector) tovalve block 296, wheel sensors 298 or mastervalve 295.
• fault in the control unit.
OperationFor particulars of the operation of the lamps duringstarting, see page 269.
Brake warning lamp
Brake warning lamp 47Fwililight up under the following circumstances:
• if the level in the fluid reservoir reaches the MINmark on the reservoir. The lamp will then beearthed at earthing' point 300 across contacts4 - 3 of level sensor 299.
• if the pressure in the accumulator of the hydraulicunit should drop below 105 bar. The lamp will thenbe earthed at earthing point 7 across contaets2 - 1 of pressure switch 294. The contacts closeat 105 bar and open at 134 bar. (In this case, theASS warning lamp will also light up.)
Both pairs of contacts are open under normal oper~ating conditions.
Cars without ASS are also equipped with the brakewarning lamp, although it is then used only for warning the driver that the level in the brake fluid reservoiris too low.
Saab900
Saab900
123
152A
152B
Earthing point on the left-hand wheel housing member
10-pole connectorone (black) on the inside of the knee shield,tothe left of the steering columno!1eat the electronic unit
4~j:@~/8()qn~:tQtRr.·......:'>:x;tVV()?~t:th~.eJ~ctmniqtJrl.it"9n!3.black(Ieft- .·haIJdfr()nrsen$gr)alld9.n~gt~~(right-handfrollfsens6ff .' . . .' .
29-pole white connector. • "':in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
. 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left;..hand wheelhousing
Earthing point on the gearbox
Earthing point on the alternator bracket
ABS control uniton the left-hand side of the engine compartment, forward of the wheel housing (1989model)under the back seat, on the right-hand side(1990 model)
ABS system relayin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electrical distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electrical distrit;>ution box (1990 model)
ABS pump relay ,in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electrical distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electrical distribution box (1990 model)
ABS pressure switchin the engine compartment, on the hydraulicunit
ABS master valvein the engine compartment, on the hydraulicunit
Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 275
294
93
98
295
293
292
211
257
291
158
152C
Saab900
locations of components1 Battery
on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
2 Alternatoron the left-hand side of the engine
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, relay position E
22AFuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47E Charging warning lamp
47F Brake warning lamp
47K SHIFT UP warning lampin the combined instrument in the instrument panel
47Q ABS warning lampin the combined instrument on the fascia
47T SRS Airbag warning lampin the combined instrument on the fascia
57 3-pole connectorone at the right-hand front wheel sensorone at the left-hand front wheel sensor
58 12-pole connectoronthe inside ofthe knee shield, to the left ofthe steering column
59 2-pole connector. at the electrical distribution box at the left
hand wheel housingon the left-hand side, under the back seat(1990 model)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment (CAB)one in the engine compartment, at the hydraulic unitone in the engine compartment, on theright-hand side of the bulkhead partitionone under the back seat, on the left-handsideone under the back seat, on the right-handside
60 Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, on the lefthand wheel housing (1990 model)
65 Earthing point at the back seat (1990model)
75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the righthand side
276 Anti-lock brake system (ASS)
296 A8S valve block 334in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
297 A8S hydraulic pump motor 335in the engine compartment, on the hydraUlicunit
298A Wheel sensor, left-hand front 336on the left-hand steering swivel member
2988 Wheel sensor, right-hand front 397on the right-hand steering swivel member
298C Wheel sensor, left-hand rearon the left-hand rear wheel hub 400
298D Wheel sensor, right-hand rearon the right-hand rear wheel hub
299 A8S brake fluid level sensorin the engine compartment, on the brakefluid reservoir of the hydraulic unit
300 Earthing point on the hydraulic unitin the engine compartment, on the front ofthe hydraulic unit
302 A8S electrical distribution boxin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing (1990 model)
302A A8S fuse holderin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the A8S electri-cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the A8S elec-trical distribution box (1990 model)
303A A8S diode3038 A8S diode
in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the A8S electri-cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the A8S elec-trical distribution box (1990 model)
330 10-pole airbag test connectorin the centre console, under the rubber bel-lows, forward of the gear lever
331 Electronic unit for the airbagin the fascia, under the left-hand speakergrille
332A Sensor, left-handin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing
3328 Sensor, right-handin the engine compartment, forward of theright-hand wheel housing
333 Airbagin the steering wheel
.','v.:';::
Saab900
Earthing point for the electronic unit andtest connectoradjacent to the electronic unit
2-pole orange connectorthe pins are short-circuited-when the connector is separated
Slip-ring contactin the steering wheel
Diagnostic test socket, A8Sin the engine compartment, in the cableharness at the hydraulic unit (1990 model)
Redundant earth for the airbagon the left-hand wheel housing, accessiblefrom the interior
277
397
297
2122ft.60 M19S0
'i52:}"'152C'i5S
Anti-lock brake system (ASS)
Saab900
292 1293SO2/.\ J' 302 f\fi'1939303A30313 .
292 1293302Ar302 ["11990303A30313
291
Components
I
YJ--~I
onNz<.:> -01-'" -
~ ~_~ GN 2.5 LL GL 2.5 (M)
I"--'-"808 sv 0.75 5 sv 0.5
831 SV 0.5
5 811 SV/VT 0.5 T svlvT 0.75
I"--'-"
17 806 GLIRD 0.5
824SV 1.0
186
B12 $V IRD 0.5 =r= SVIRD 0.75 ;
~ ~I
~ ~~ ~:~;
'"N"'
n765
r--- 311 P ,--
86 .\~-85 87 87A
1----/ I f-
'" on onon.,; N N
I- 0 >N
> 0: V> >
~ ~ ~V>
0>N
<Xl "'n'7
5-8~8/)165
86 30
312P
19
826 827RD 2.5 VT 0.5
835GL 0.5
83SGL 0.5
dJ98
800VT 0.5
135AVT 1.0
135VT 1.5
,1989 model
11
+54II11MVT 2.5
306
833BR 0.5
65
7 837 VT 0.5 ~~H,",~~.~20 2 13
208P
" " 852 $V 0.5 9 852 sv 0.5 ~ SV 0.5.,; .,; "'-'-" 600: 5<D
'" " 65'" :ri"'
IJI ~157 0150 092B
25
o0:
v
'""'
12
823GR 2.5
823A RD 2.5
+301
1
820 818 822VT 0.5 RD 2.5 RD 1.0
on ond d
;;! 0:<.:>
~ N<Xl
22 2310
+30I
41~2'5 ~30 ~
<D
S D 20 I'*'~~II----r;!:r-----r;!;r15 "f'-----"f"-------L'f'
~~VT 0.75
I!IlVe s
'"Nz<.:>
87A 87 85
-~ i\ 1"-
'" '" '"'" N N dN
> 0 >-> V> 0: >'" ;;; « «0> "' ~;;; ;;; ;;; <Xl
n765 87A 87 85
\--G30 86
312D
~ 803 BL/RD 0.75 B
Passive seat belts, 1989 model
GL 0.5
BL 0.5
GN 0.5
rt---..;;..o.-+",-5V!.l.IIR",[D,,-",0.~75"-jO'=p-810 SV/RD 0.5~ F-'--"
SV 0.75 i-=so 817 SV 0.5
278
Saab 900
+54II11AVT 2.5
~[t122A G'ASTEN BELTS .@.)I -~. I\.:· ~~' 0.7s'-~ 1528 156 72 157 58 156
~~"] BR 0.75 BR'NT 0.75 [6~T 0.75
+54 . '.J r--"-h- .J_+,I~I 3 ,-- --'-,L
11llL t1 JL ~ .c:::::::: 233~~S 82 1 L,-----,-J GN/VT 0.75 r 6 1I rJ12J22A f'---< [ 60 I ~9 1475 I~IL~5 ~28 2 15 31 [J L ~::~253 140 GL 1.5 ~ 142 GL 1.5 ~~0~'75 n~~::':5;; 7 70 n:V
30
.75
:'."
Saab900
OperationIn certain cars, passive seat belts are provided forthefront-seat occupants. The seat belt consists of amotor-driven, two-point diagonal strap and amanually fastened lap strap. The diagonal strap iscontrolled and monitored by logic box 306.
Regardless of the position of the ignition switch, theseat-belt system is always supplied (+30) acrossfuses 310 (0 = driver's side and P = passenger'sside). The g sensor 309 is designed to isolate thesupply to the logic box in the event of a collision(retardation of more than 0.7 g).
Driver's sideThe upper anchor point of the diagonal strap (thecarriage on the guide rail) is moved between the Aand B pillars by motor 3080, which is controlled bythe logic box via relays 3110 and 3120. The travel ofthe carriage is monitored by the two limit switches3080:A and B. Limit switch Aopens a circuit and thusprovides information to the logic box that the carriage has reached the A pillar, and limit switch Bopens the circuit when the carriage is locked at the Bpillar.
When the door is opened from the outside, the carriage is in the forward position atthe Apillar. After thedoor has been closed, i.e. door switch 2080 is openand ignition switch 20 is in the drive or start position,the coil of relay 3110 will be earthed via pin 23 inlogic box 306. The relay is energised and one pole ofthe motor is supplied via the relay contacts, while theother pole is earthed via relay 312D. When the carriage has reached the rear limit of its travel at the Bpillar, limit switch Bwill open. The logic box will thenopen the earth circuit to the coil of relay 3110 andthe motor wi II stop.
When the ignition is switched off or the door isopened, the logic box will energise (via pin 22) relay3120. The direction of rotation of the motor will thenbe reversed and the carriage will move towards the Apillar. When the carriage has reached the A pillar,limit switch A will open and the motor will stop.
When reverse gear is engaged, reversing light switch31 will close and a signal will be applied to the logicbox. The driver can then open the door while theignition is switched on, without the seat-belt carriagemoving to the forward position.
The sensor-override solenoid 3070 in the belt reeloverrides the acceleration and tipping sensors forthe diagonal strap. The solenoid is energised whilethe carriage is travelling between the two limits of itstravel, to enable the belt to be withdrawn freely. Inaddition, the solenoid is energised for 30 secondsafter the door has been opened or closed, to enablethe seat to be adjusted.
When the solenoid is energised, the circuit will beclosed at the upper contacts in the diagram (earth atpin 21) to provide the logic box with information that
Passive seat belts, 1989 model 279
the solenoid has actually been energised. The lowercontacts sense whether or not the strap has beenwound up fully on the reel. The contacts are openwhen the strap is on the reel (not connected to thecarriage).
COmdriver's sideThe diagonal strap on the co-driver's side is driven inthe same way as that on the driver's side. (When relay311P is energised, motor 308P moves the strap fromA pillar to B pillar, and moves it in the oppositedirection when 312P is energised.) Reel 307P anddoor switch 208P have the same function as thecorresponding components on the driver's side.
When the co-driver's door is opened from the outside, the seat belt may be at either the A pillar or theBpillar. Ifthe belt is atthe Bpillar, itwill move to the Apillar when the door is opened.
When the door is closed and the ignition is switchedon or if it is already switched on, the belt will move tothe B pillar, regardless of whether or not the seat isoccupied.
When the co-driver's door is opened, the carriage willmove to the A pillar, and will remain there when thedoor is closed, unless the ignition is switched on.
Warning systemWarning lamp 47S for the passive seat belts is controlled by the logic box. The lamp will flash:
• when the carriage on the driver's side is movingfrom A pillar to B pillar
• when the carriage on the co-driver's side movesfrom the A pillar to the B pillar and if it takes morethan 8 seconds to reach the B pillar
• if the carriage is locked at the B pillar and a faulthas occurred on the sensor-override function
e if the carriage is not securely locked at the B pillar
Lamp 47S will light up with a steady light:
• if the diagonal strap has worked loose from thecarriage.
A flashing light has priority over a steady light.
The buzzer in relay 82 is actuated by the logic box(earth at pin 20) and by the driver's side lap strap.
The buzzer will sound:
• while the carriage for the diagonal strap is movingfrom the A pillar or B pillar when the ignition isswitched on
• for up to 8 seconds if the lap strap has not beenfastened, i.e. if seat-belt switch 70 is still closed.
Seat-belt warning lamp 72 is not affected by thepassive seat-belt system. Lamp 72 will light up for4 - 8 s after the ignition has been switched on.
280 Passive seat belts, 1989 model
Fault..tracing hintsCheck that the supply to the seat-belt system is live.Fuse 3100 protects the logic box and the seat belt onthe driver's side, whereas fuse 310P protects theseat belt on the co-driver's side. (The seat belt on thedriver's side will still operate, even if fuse 310P hasblown.) Also check fuses 5, 12 and 13.
As a general rule, always disconnect the connectorfrom the logic box before carrying out fault-tracing onthe system. Never take any measurements with thelogic box connected or on the pins of the logic box.
The logic box is regarded as an exchange unit, andfaUlt-tracing should startby determining whether thefault is in the logic box or in other components,connectors, etc. Most of the signals to and from thelogic box can be checked using the system diagramand the table below. The diagram shows the beltsystem with the carriages at the A pillars, the cardoors open and the lap straps not fastened.
1. Ensure that the ignition is switched off and disconnect the connector from the logic box. Carryout all measurements from the rear of the connector.
2. Turn the ignition key to the drive positiori anduse a voltmeter to check that the following pinsin the connector are at battery voltage.
Pin Remarks
11 reverse gear engaged12 ignition switch in the drive position'18 via the relay coil in 312P19 via the relay coil in 311P22 via the relay coil in 312023 via the relay coil in 311025 via g sensor 309
3. Use an ohmmeter to measure between the following pins and earth.
Pin Resistance, Remarksohm
1 0 belt in the carriage2 approx.13 bulb resistance4 approx.22 coil resistance5 open circuit carriage at A pillar6 07 0 co-driver's door open8 approx.22 coil resistance9 open circuit carriage at A pillar
10 013 014 0 belt in the carriage17 open circuit20 0 lap strap not fastened21 open circuit24 0 driver's door open
Saab900
Saab900
282 Passive seat belts, 1989 model
locations of components 152A
3 Earthing point in the fascia 152B
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holder 208Din the electrical distribution box, in the en~
gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
208P31 Reversing light switch
under the centre console, to the left of theselector lever
30647S Passive seat-belt warning lamp
in the combined instrument on the fascia307D
57 3-pole connectorunder the back seat, on the left-hand side
307P58 12-pole connector
to the left of the steering column, under thefascia, behind the knee shield
308D59 2-pole connector
one in the engine compartment, at the tophinge of the left-hand doorone in the engine compartment, at the top
308Phinge of the right-hand door
60 Single-pole connectortwo in each door, at the door switch for thepassive seat-belt system, behind the trim
309two under the centre console, between thefront seats
65 Earthing point at the back seat 310D
70 Seat-belt switch - driver's side 310Pbetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat
72 Seat-belt warning lamp 311Din the centre of the fascia
76 Switch for raising the idling speed (auto.) 311P
under the centre console, at the selectorlever
82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relay 312D
under the back seat, on t~e left-hand side312P
98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, below thefascia, behind the knee shield
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever
122 8-pole connectorone under the driver's seat, on the left-handside, under the carpetone und~J the co-drivers seat, on the right-hand side, under the carpetone under the back seat, on the left-handsideone under the back seat, on the right-handside
Saab900
29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Driver's door switch, passive seat-belt systemat the driver's door lock, behind the trim.
Co-driver's door switch, passive seat-beltsystemat the co-driver's door lock, behind the trim.
Logic box for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side
Belt reel for passive seat belts, driver's sideon the inboard side of the driver's seat.
Belt reel for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideon the inboard side of the co-driver's seat
Motor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, driver's sidebehind the driver's side B pillar, behind theside trim.
Motor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, co-driver's sidebehind the co-driver's side B pillar, behindthe side trim.
g sensor for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.
Fuse (25 A) for passive seat belts, driver'ssideFuse (25 A) for passive seat belts, codriver's sideunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.
Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, codriver's sideunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.
Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive· seat belts, co-driver's side .under the back seat, on the left-hand side
Passive seat belts, 1989 model 283
Components 310P 310D312P 3111' 3110 3120
122
Saab900
58 22ft,98 152,e.
°152B
334
334
015H 199C
'" '" '"'"
ci 0 6
'" '" ci l- I- I-6 ci > > >
I-
> Z > '" '" >Vl c:> « m '" Vl
N 0 " ... '"C;; '" 0 0; 00> 0> 0> 0>
334
11 20 7 14 5
331
'" '" '"" " "0 0 0l- I- I-
'" > > >
'" 0 '" '" >0I- '"
m c:> Vl
I- > '" '" '" '" 0 " ... '"> 0 0 6 6I-
0 0; 0Z 0> 0>
Z .eJ '" > Z I- >'" c:> Vl c:> > «« 2 3 1 123'" '" 0>
'"0 0
0; 0; C;; C;; '" '"0> 0> '"
12A GR VT 0.75
22 152A 86 30
21
12GR/VT 2.5
158,..--A--..
~11C
~'VT 2.5 VT 2.5
59
"---v---"'
'" l1C
I-VT 2.5
'" >0 z--' '"'" 0-lD "'0; ~
983 358
r
471L
'" '" '"" " "ci ci ci0 0 0
'" '" '"z -' -'c:> c:> m
912 OR 0.5 " <0 '" '"C;; 0 0 00> 0>--'c:>
123 3 2 1 lD0;
Ai g
'" '"'" '" cici ci ci
I-
'" '" 0 0 0 '" > '"ci 6 '" '" '" 0 ciz'" 0 z --' --' --' '" '"0 '" c:> c:> m c:> c:>... <0 "'
«'" ..... <0 '" 0>C;; 0 C;; 0 0 C;; 0; C;;0> 0> 0>
1 9 17 6 3 16 1819
'" 334'"'"m
400 334
Saab 900
Airbag
57/t- ""RA-'--"o"'.5_-to 1OJ----------,
SV 0.5 2
1L_...l-----~G=-L~O"'.5'_______I! 301--------,
284
OperationThe steering wheel pads of cars equipped with theAirbag system are marked "SRS"(Supplemental Restraint System).
The system consists of two front sensors, an electronic unit, a safety sensor and a steering wheel padcontaining a gas generator and an airbag.
The system will be activated when at least one of thetwo front sensors and the safety sensor are sUbjectedto a retardation force equivalentto a frontal collisionat around 20 km/h (12 mph).
The supply to the system is taken from distributionterminal +15 when the ignition switch is in the startor drive position, and from the +50 supply when theignition switch is in the start position.
front sensorThe front sensor consists of a contact roller which isheld in the rest position by a spring. When the roller issubjected to a force of at least 16 g, it wi II roll forwardand close the circuit. The front sensor must thereforebe" mounted facing the right way.
Electronic unitThe electronic unit contains the safety sensor, a capacitor pack, and the firing and monitoring circuits.The electronic unit must also be mounted facing theright way.
Steering wheel pad (Alrbag module)The gas generator and the airbag are located in thesteering wheel pad.
Gas generatorThe gas generator consists of an aluminium casewith a centre compartment and two annular compartments.
The centre compartment includes an electric detonator and an explosive charge, and is in communication with the inner annular compartment.
SRS warning lampThe SRS warning lamp is located in the combinedinstrument.
The SRS lamp will light up for around 6 seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to the start ordrive position,and will then go out if there are no faults in thesystem.
Saab900
Airbag 285
Supply
When the ignition switch is turned to the start or driveposition, the supply (+15) is taken across pin 3 inconnector 98 to pin 18 in electronic unit 331, thuscharging the capacitor pack. The capacitor packserves as a power supply reserve in the event of lossofsupplyatthe instant of collision. Atthesametime,SRS lamp 47T in the combined instrument will beenergised from the + 54 supply, acrosS" fuse 7.
SRS lamp 4?Twill be earthed across pin 7 in connector 98, and pin 20 in electronic unit 331, and willlight up.
When the ignition switch is turned to the start position, pin 16 in electronic unit 331 will be energised(+50), which will start the measurement cycle, etc.in the diagnostic unit.
Activation of the airbagIn a collision, the airbag and the seat-belt tensionerswill be activated if the front sensors and the safetysensor in the electronic unit sense a retardation of atleast 16 g at the front sensor and at least 2 g at thesafety sensor.
The contacts in each sensor will then close and thecapacitor pack in the electronic unit will discharge,applying a current pulse to the electric detonators inthe airbag. "
earthing
Do not connect earth cables of other systems to themounting screws of the front sensors and the electronic unit, since this may cause disturbances in thesystem and fault indications from the electronic u~!t.
fault codesIf a fault should occur in the system, the SRS lampwill flash when the ignition switch is in the driveposition. The fault codes stored in the memory of thesystem can be read by connecting the SRS tester totest connector 330.
For a more detailed description of tests, fault codesand fault tracing, see Group 8:6 of the ServiceManual.
286 Airbag
locations of components1 8attery
on the left-hand side ofthe engine compartment
7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member
20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
47E Charging warning lamp47K SHIFT UP warning lamp47T SRS Airbag warning lamp
in the combined instrument
57 3-pole connectorone at the right-hand front sensorone at the left-hand front sensor
58
59
75
98
123
152A1528
158
211
330
331
12-pole connectoronthe inside ofthe knee shield, to the left ofthe steering column
2-pole connector (Convertible)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Distribution blockin the engine compartment, forward of thebattery
10-pole connectorone (black) on the inside ofthe knee shield,to the left of the steering columnone at the electronic unit
4-pole connectorone at the electronic unitone black (left-hand front sensor)one grey (right-hand front sensor)
29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
Earthing point on the gearbox
10-pole airbag test connectorin the centre console, under the rubber bellows, forward of the gear lever
Electronic unit for the airbagto the left, under the fascia
Saab900
332A Sensor, left-handintheengine compartment, forward of theIt;rft-hand wheel housing
3328 Sensor, right-handin th~engine compartment, forward of theright-hCindwheel housing
333 Airbagin the· steering wheel
334 Earthing· point for the electronic unit andtest connectoradjacent to the electronic unit
335 2-pole orange connectorthe pins are short-circuited when the connector is separated
336 Slip-ring contactin the steering wheel
400 Redundant earth for the airbagon the left-hand wheel housing, accessibfrom the interior
Components
332A
2122A59
'ISlA15213158
Saab900
21
Airbag 287
288 Headlamp beam adjustment
Headlamp am adju ent
11 12 +54 12 11
~I
~I
110VT 2.5
III
280 281
2 3 784 3 2BL 0.75
786A GN 0.75 7868 GN 0.75
784B BL 0.75 784C 8L 0.75
786 784AGN 1.0 BL 1.0 47
1
59BR/VT 0.75
785C SV 0.75
015H 190B
282
7
785SV 0.75
785ASV 0.75
785ASV 0.75
23 152C
9
10
Saab900
784A BL 1.0
786 GN 1.0
7858 SV 0.75
OperationSome models for certain markets are equipped with aheadlamp beam adjustment system. Aswitch on thefascia enables the driver to change the vertical alignment of the headlamps, so that they will not dazzleoncoming drivers in situations such as when the caris heavily loaded.
When the ignition switch is in the drive position,terminal 9 of switch 282 is supplied across fuse 10and the black 29-pole connector 152C. When theswitch is in position 0, the headlamps will be in theirnormal setting. When the switch is moved to position1, electric motors (stepping motors) 280 and 281will be energised and will rotate a number of revolutions, turning the adjusting screws to lower the headlamp setting. When the switch is moved to positions2 and 3, the setting will be lowered further, in twosteps.
Similarly, the setting can be raised in steps, from 3 to2, 1 and O.
Saab900
Headlamp beam adjustment 289
Fault-tracing hintsThe headlanip beam adjustment system will be operative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.
1 Check fuse 10 and check that the supply to it islive.
2 Check that the supply to switch 282 is live.
3 By operating the switch, check that the'supply tomotors 280 and 281 is live.
4 Check the connectors, wiring and earth connections.
290 Headlamp beam adjustment
locations of components7 Earthingpoinfon the radiator cross-member
11 Full beam filamentin the left-hand and right-hand headlamps
12 Dipped beam filamentin the left-hand and right-hand headlamps
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment
47 Combined instrumenton the fascia
152C 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
280 Headlamp beam adjustment motorat the left-hand headlamp
281 Headlamp beam adjustment motorat the right-hand headlamp
282 Switch for headlamp beam controlon the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn
Saab900
232
Headlamp beam adjustment 291
28028'1
Saab900
Components
..J
117
58BR/VT 0.75
59BR/VT 0.75
015H 192A
RH R266
348 RD VT 0.75
60
349 BL VJ 0.75
349A BL 0.75
. 348A RD 0.75
L
r ,r,SE, FI, EU, GB, M89: ..!pME, FE, AUM90: JP
341 SV 1.5
342 SV 1.5
58 BL VT 0.75 98
. 343 SV 0.75
30eRD 2.5
340RD 1.5
+xII
60
60
346A BR 0.75
350 GR 1.5
432 ON 0.5
347A GN 0.75
346 BR VT 0.75
347 GN VT 0.75
Saab900
266LH F
LH R266
60
60
SV
432ON 0.5
350GR 1.5
5EGR 1.5
Radio In+30
II
RD
265
437RD 1.0
4.37RD 1.5
Radio instal'<:>TI,...-n292
Saab900
OperationSpace bas been reserved in the fascia for a radio(267). Cars for certain markets and certain modelsare factrory-wired for the installation of a radio, andare. factory-fitted with speakers and an electricallyoperated aerial.
Two 10-pole connectors 98, i.e. one for the powersupply and one for the speakers, are fitted in theradio compartment in the fascia. A coaxial cable isalso run to the mounting point for the aerial, on theleft-hand rear wing.
Power supply.The follOWing cables are connected to the upper 10pole connector 98 shown on the wiring diagram:
Grey (pin 1) - Positive supply via fuse 28, which issupplied directly from the battery (regardless of theposition of the ignition switch).
Red (pin 4) - Positive supply via the ignition switchand fuse 20. The radio is supplied when the ignitionswitch is in the parked or drive positions.
Black (pin 5Y'- Earth.
Green (pin 6)-Forcontrol of the eleetricallyoperated.aerial (265). The motor of the electrically operatedaerial is supplied via fuse 28.
Brown/white (pin 8) - Dial lighting. The supply is'taken from the instrument lighting rheostat 16/17.
SpeakersThe speaker connections are made via the lower10-pole connector shown. in the diagram.
Left-hand front:Green (pin 1) Brown (pin 2) +Right-hand front:Red (pin 3) +Blue (pin 4) -
Left-hand rear:Green/white (pin 5) Brown/white (pin 6) +Right~hand rear:Red/white (pin 7) +Blue/white (pin 8) -
. Each spea~er is connected via single-pole connector60.
Radio installation 293
.Fault-traclng hints1. Check the supply to the radio and the earth
. connection.
2. CheGk the connectors.
3. Check the existing cable harness for open circuits and short circuits to earth.
locations of componentsThe locations of the components are the same forthesections entitled "Radio installation" and "Radio installation {US, CAt as listed on pages 296 - 297.
59
sv
svSV
59
350
349
015H 432A
r!-+-+-~~~~~~~,""*~~ GRGRsvsv
60
60
349A 8L 0.75
RH R266
60
60
I~ !;........»
IrZ IrO -,0-,IDt> IDa: lDa:lD
- + -+ +-+I'll' >11 0 01
349 8L VT 0.75
348 RD VT 0.75
Saab900
lIation - US,+xII30CRD 2.5
60
346 8R VT 0.75
347 GN VT 0.75
266LH F
LH R266
347A GN 0.75
\~ ~ 1_2_5_6_7_8_3_4_--,
loll >1I,~1I01l, >11>11,....Zir
1< »>Olrt>t> a:lD
l/) [~~59
349
o EEl 9Lf.7 limOO~ mmrn0rnlID ts:2l
[>
\ II II) 1.1 I,13
~35
~[~ !; ........»
Zir Zir 0-' 0-'OlD OlD a:lD a:lD
- + - + + - + -
125 6 783 4
6 1 4 8 5 910
Radio in
Radio installation - US, CA
432GN 0.5
+30II5EGR 1.5
437RD 1.0
17
598R/VT 0.75
M90
34058RO 1.58R/VT 0.75
437RO 1.0
350 GR 1.5 588L T 0.75 981432 GN 0.5 341 SV 1.5
343 SV 0.75342 SV 1.5
0 98 1176 1 4 8 5 9 10267
1\/
\l.1.§.D.~
294
OperationThe fascia is fitted with a radio contact box.
The following variants exist:
900 116: A radio contact box with amplifier (349)
900 T16: A radio contact box with amplifier (349).This contact box is equipped with ashielded cable with an 18-pole connector, for the connection of a CD player orequalizer. The shielded cable is fittedwith two 13-pole connectors 351 (DINconnectors). The CD player or equalizercan be connected by inserting it into acontact box located in the top compartment of the centre console.
In addition, the car is factory-wired, and speakersand an electrically operated aerial are fitted, to facilitate the installation of a radio.
The radio contact box must be connected to the aeria Icable and to two 10-pole connectors 98 (267), onefor the power supply and the other for the speakers.
The contact box with amplifier (349) is fitted with a3A blade fuse to the right (for the electric aerial) anda 15A blade fuse to the left (for the amplifier, equalizer and radio).
Power supplyThe following cables are connected to the upper 10pole connector 98 shown on the wiring diagram:
Grey (pin 1) - Positive supply via fuse 28, which issupplied directly from the battery (regardless of theposition of the ignition switch).
Red (pin 4) - Positive supply via the ignition switchand fuse 20. The radio is supplied when the ignitionswitch is inthe parked or drive position.
Black (pins 5, 9 and 10) - Earth.
Green (pin 6) - For control ofthe electrically operatedaerial (265). The motor of the electrically operatedaerial is supplied via fuse 28.
Brown/white (pin 8) - Dial lighting. The supply istaken from the instrument lighting rheostat 17.
Saab900
Radio installation - US, CA 295
SpeakersThe speaker connections are made via the lower10-pole connector 98 shown in the diagram.
Left-hand front:Green (pin 1) Brown (pin 2) +Right-hand front:Red (pin 3) +Blue (pin 4) -
Left-hand rear:Green/white (pin 5) Brown/white (pin 6) +Right-hand rear:Red/white (pin 7) +Blue/white (pin 8) -
Each speaker is connected via single-pole connector60.
Fault·tracing hints1. Check the supply to the radio and the earth
connection.
2. Check the connectors.
3. Check the existing cable harness for open circuits and short circuits to earth.
296 Radio installation - US, CA
Locations of components 350
16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument
17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches 351
and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
59 ·2-pole connector for electrically-operatedaerial 265on the left-hand rear wing (in the luggagecompartment)
60 Single-pole connector for speakers 266:two under the speaker grille, on the left-hand side of the fasciatwo under the speaker grille, on the right-hand side of the fasciatwo on the left-hand side of the luggagecompartment, behind the trim, at the parcelshelftwo on the left-hand side, at the back seat,behind the trim (Convertible)two on the right-hand side of the luggagecompartment, behind the trim, at the parcelshelftwo on the right-hand side 1 at the back seat,behind the trim (Convertible)
98 10-pole connector for the radiotwo in the radio compartment on the fascia(267) for connecting the radioone to the left ofthe steering column, underthe knee shield
117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever
152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.
265 Electrically operated aerialin the luggage compartment, on the left-hand side, behind the trim
266 Speakeron the left-hand and right-hand sides of thefasciaon the left-hand and right-hand sides·of theback seat
267 Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the rad.io panel
349 Radio contact box with amplifierin the radio compartment on the fascia
Saab900
Contact box for CD player or equalizerin the top compartment of the centre console
l~-p()le connector (DIN connector)two in the fascia
Components
· - US, CA__2_9_7Radio installatlon _
I
350(T1oi\)
------- 349016;\, T16i\)
Saab900
54
166 SV 0.75
d914, 15
27527660 60
13~r
I45 GN 0.75 __ ---l
+30II51<GR 2.5
500GN 1.0
5M CR 1.5
and 1989 for JP
678RO 0.75
152A 9
3z0
0g
175 4
171 SV 0.75
+54II
0
'".... 0<0 .... '" 0
~>....
"'''' :;!<00
30
+x
,
Saab900
30CRO 2.5
+xII
6 152A
E40 M89
RO 1.5 L.}__l- -".'-"..!""-'~~__KiM2Q
85(US,CA)
+IIIIIII
54
167EBRjSV 0.75
~'2 152A
170SV 0.75
54
31GL 1.5
1
~10~
478 GN 0.75
11/12
•II
42Bt 0.75
42BL 0.75
d914
ar alarm-
L...----1I---------------------------,
17
44GN 0.75
44GN 0.75
Bl..Irgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP
43 BL 0.75 .J
Bu
298
Saab900'
Burgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 299
OperationCars delivered to ceitain markets, includingthe USAmarket, have provision for the installation of a burglar alarm. A special cable harness and an 8~pole
connector (289) for connecting the burglar alarmcontrol unit are included.
The control unit is supplied (+-39Yrfgrnfuse24across the white 29-pole conn~Gt()r;:+5gt\, pifl.i300frelay 151 and pin 1 of controLul1it?§~~.regardlessofthe position of the ignitiq!1switqh,and'from pin 5(+X) when the ignitionswitc.tiisin the parked, driveor start position. On the 1990model, +X is protectedby fuse 20.
To prevent the burglar alarm ·from being set off, theignition key must be turned within a certain time aftera car door has been opened.
The movement detector can be switched on and off bymeans of ON/OFF switch 288 connected to pin 7 ofthe control unit (earth/no earth).
If the burglar alarm is activated, the alarm will be setoff if one of the following contacts should close:
8 Door switches 54 connected to pin 8.
e Luggage compartment light switch 56, luggagecompartment lighting 55 or the HOOD switch,which are connected to pin 6.
When the alarm is set off, the siren will be suppliedvia pin 4, and the parking lights via'pin 3.
The parking lights are supplied via pin 20 of white29-pole connector 152A, and include:
13 Parking lights (front)14 Rear lights15 Number plate illumination
234 Side marker lights (certain markets)
Note: The wiring varies from one market to the r:lext,and between the 3-D/5-D and 2-D/4-D models (seethe section entitled "Parking lights").
Fault..tracing hints1. Check that the supply to connector 289 (termi
nals 1 and 5) is live.
2. Check ON/OFF switch 288 for the movement detector.
3. Check the door switches, luggage compartmentl.i~nt.~witCh and bonnet switch, and the corre
cspondingconnections to connector 289.
4. ch~t~t~;eFonr~ctors, cable harnesses andearth Connections:
For fault-tracing hints on the parking lights, see thesection entitled "Parking lights".
\
Saab900
Locations of componentsFor the locations of parking light components, seethe section entitled "Parking lights".
3 Earthing point in the fascia10 Light switch
on the left-hand side of the fascia11 Full beam filament
in the left-hand and right-hand headlamps12 Dipped beam filament
in the left-hand and right-hand headlamps13 Parking lights
in the front light clusters
14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgate
. Rear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)
17 Extra rheostat for tile lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
54 Door switches, interior lightingat the front of each door frame
55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the lefthand side
56 Luggage compartment light switch3-D and 5-D: at the luggage compartmentlock2-D and 4-D: in the luggage compartment,at the left hinge of the luggage compartment lid.
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column (behind theknee shield)
60 Single-pole connectorone for the siren, in the engine compartment, behind the right-hand wheel housingone for the bonnet switch, in the enginecompartment, behind the right-hand headlamp
82 . Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, o~ the left-hand side
85 Extra fog ,lampsunder the front bumper
117
122
151
152A1528
175
234
275
276
288
289
Earthingpqintbetween~he.i~flitionswitch and the hand-brake lever '
8-pole connectorunder the backs,eat
Time-delay relay fb'fthe interior lightingunder the back seat, on the left-hand side29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment,in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.
Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, behind the knee shield
Side marker lightsin the front light clusters
Connector for the burglar alarm sirenin the luggage compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing
Connector for the burglar alarm bonnetswitchin the luggage compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing
Selector for the movement detectoron the centre console betwE~.en the frontseats
Connector for the burglar alarm control unitunder the back seat
Saab900
· Burgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 301
54 56L..- ---J
Components
Burgleralarm,1S89rnodeICoh\Zertible302
Bu ar alann, 89m el C6nve ble
880 8R 0.75
15
OISO 011o
316
S
54
10
'"dI>lD<0:;;
0Ff ON)677 0.75 288
OFf
Saab900
~ 305
'" 57A 695A 8L 075 316d;; 03 .
02 678C RO 0.75 678A RO 0.75
r::: 01 6758 SV 0.75/'-
60875A SV 0.75
'" ~d d
-' >> '"~ '"....<0
2 12 3
289
'"d
+30 +30 +54 +XI I I I
1 1 1 1
1 1 ",I I"ll 1 61 ~IN '" I- 0N > 0:0:
0: « u'" '" 0 0
~ /'- ~ n
15
151 ~30
29 152A
7GR 2.5
30
of>d 20-'lD
0........
BurgJer alarm, 1989 model Convertible 303
Saab900
OperationThe car is equipped with aburglar alarm Comprising acontrol unit, movement detector, siren and transmitters (switches) in the hood (bonnet), doors and luggage compartment lid. For particulars of the operation of the control unit, Le. the activation times forthe alarm, the time during which the siren will soundwhen the alarm is set off, etc. see the separateinstruction manual for the burglar alarm.The control unit is supplied (+30) from fuse 24across the white 29-pole connector 152A, pin 4 ofthe central locking control unit 175, pin 30 of relay151 and pin 1 of control unit 289, regardless of theposition of the ignition switch, and from pin 9 (+X)when the ignition switch is in the parked, drive orstart position.
If the burglar alarm is activated (LED 305 flashes),the alarm will be set off if movement detector 304 isactivated or if one of the following contacts shouldclose:
• Door switches 54 connected to pin 3. (Time-delayrelay 151 for the interior lighting only affects theactivation time of about 15 s for the alarm.)
II) Luggage compartment light switch 56 or the bon-net switch, which are connected to pin 5.
When the alarm is set off, the siren will be suppliedvia pin 6 and will sound.
The movement detector can be switched off bymeans of ON/OFF switch 288 connected to pin 10(contacts will close).
If one of the seat switches 314 or 315 is closed at thesame time as the ignition switch is in the parked,drive or start position, LED 305 will be switched off.A receiver for remotely controlled de-activation canbe connected to white connector 57A. A transmitterdesigned to intiate an alarm in a portable receivercan be connected to red connector 578.
FClult..tracing hintsStart by checking that the supply to the connector(pins 1 and 9) at control unit 289. Then follow thefaUlt-tracing instructions in the accompanying installation instructions.
I
~28
ble
+xII
JOCRD 2.5
el
20
m
-'
'" '"N u..J N
Saab900
+30II
5K 5MGR 2.5 GR 1.5
ar alarm,
+30II
5£GR 1.5
Burgler alarm, 1990 model convertible
Bu28,90
<;>r-----------------------------'---'---------.J
I
~27
I I z '" ~
~60 I 0160A '" « j I, '"GL1.0 0 " ..J 00~ ...""' '"~ ~
~G152A'----y-----'
....~ 152A: 9 27 : ""' i'- ~G152A~ N0
~275'" '" 500" 0
GN 1.0----fl..l~:" '"
'"[;~] ~58 ""' u GL '- sv" 175~
N0~
1\1 2159..J
'"0 +54~ 1 6778
82 m6561 sv 0.75150A
f]'r-,
VT 0.75 >1 ... 2 117 SV 0.5
""" 151'" L_..1~
~ SV 0.75~ "131d~
~ d0....
~>
~~
Ul
'" g; 117
2~0
'"0 ';:30r- "
'~,,:~'""~'" '" T
'" R:'" '"
~'52A I~ '"" " '1160 167 SV 0.75GL 0.75
171SV 0.75
52 "~SV 0.75
'"54 ~
54 0
GL 0.7: ..J
'"«l''":g
~~161A680 8R 0.75GL/RO 0.75
',M-....
'"398 57",231 N550
305::::::::".. ~'I 30~ tOle-:
d
'"~ '01~ :-:::::'-- >
uUl
"87~<D
~ I"" ""'~"
e.....-
o86 85 189C SV 0.5 <D
59 lirnJ >I' ~ ~l> ..J UlUl '" <D
~J :'-11 ~159
59[J'" '"3 ~ d N
'".... '" 0
"....
~ " '" '" '" 0<: ~ d d ~ 0 0>
..J..J 0
'" > z'" ..J ..J
Ul'" '" u Ul '"
'"> '" <D
« « ... '" '" " r:: 0':"
<D 0>
" " " ~ "" " <D <D <D
" "16 8 15 10 11 1 9 12 3 ~ 5 2
56 ~289
r.1'DISH 011C
---
27,89
<;>II
304
Burgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible 305
OperationThe car is equipped with a burglar alarm comprising acontrol unit, movement detector, siren and transmitters (switches) in the hood (bonnet),ddqrs and luggage compartment lid. For particulars of the operation of the control unit, Le. the activation times forthe alarm, the time during which the siren will soundwhen the alarm is set off, etc.. see the separateinstruction manual for the burglar alarm.
The burglar alarm is supplied (+30) from fuse 24across the white 29-poleconnector 152A, pin 4 ofthe central locking control unit 175, pin 30 of relay151 and pin 10 of control unit 289, and (+X) fromfuse 20 across the white connector 152A to pin 2 ofcontrol unit 289.
If the burglar alarm is activated (LED 305 flashes),the alarm will be set off if one of the following contacts should close:
• Door switches 54 connected to pin 11. (Timedelay relay 151 for the interior lighting only affectsthe activation time of about 15 s for the alarm.)
• Luggage compartment light switch 56 or bonnetswitch 276, which are connected to pin 3.
When the alarm is set off, the siren 275 will besupplied via pin 12 and will sound.
A receiver for remotely controlled de-activation canbe connected to connector 399.
Saab900
Fault-tracing hintsStart by checking fuses 24 and 20 and that thesupply to the connector (pins 10 and 2) at control unit289 is live. Then follow the fault-tracing instructionsin the accompanyinginstallation instructions.
306 E3l.Jrgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible
152A 29-P?leW~i~~connectorin th~~ngi9~ggrrpartment, in the electrical
- distributioD??J<>pn the left-hand wheelhousing. Th~wpr~ctor is accessible fromthe interior ofttre.car.
Control unitforthecentral locking systemunder the fasciaqnthe right-hand side, behind the knee shield
Burglar alarm sirenin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand headlamp
Burglar alarm bonnet switchunder the bonnet, at the extreme front ofthewheel housing
Burglar alarm switchon the centre console between the frontseats
Burglar alarm control unitunder the back seat
Movement detectorunder the back seat, at the control unit
LED for burglar alarmon the fascia, in the left-hand speaker grille
Burglar alarm relayin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position F
Driver's seat switch for the burglar alarmunder the driver's seat
Co-driver's seat switch for the burglar alarmunder the co-driver's seat
Diode for the burglar alarm
)
316
314
313
305
304
315
288
289
276
275
175
Saab900
Time-delay relay for the interior lightingin the electrical distribution bux under theback seat, relay position B .
151
locations of componentsFor the locations of parking light components, seethe section entitled "Parking lights".
15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)
20 Ignition switch (1989 model)on the centre console between the frontseats
22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing
53 Interior lighting switchon the centre console, between the frontseats
54 Door switches, interior lightingat the front of each door pillar
55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the lefthand side
56 Luggage compartment light switchat the luggage compartment lock
57A 3-pole white connector57B 3-pole red connector570 3-pole green connector
under the back seat
58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the.fascia to theleft of the steering column (behind the kneeshield)
59 2-pole connectorone in the luggage compartment at the lefthand lid hinge, behind the trimone for the siren, in the engine compartment, behind the right-hand headlamp(1990 model)
60 Single-pole connectorone for the siren in the engine compartment, behind the right-hand headlamp(1989 model)two for the LEOs on 'the fascia, at the lefthand speaker grille
82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayin the electrical distribution bux under theback seat, relay position E
117 - Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever
. .. .~
314,315
151
GJGJl.c1!. .g]=0'7=1 7c:::J c::::l3c:::::J It:=l
/ I313 32
f=".
~L
~~ oS • ~
53
,.~
54
276
Saab900
Burgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible 307
275
304
/289
Components
56
Numerical IndexFull beam warningJCimpLeft-hand direction indicator warning lampRight-hand direction indicator warninglampRear window heater warnitlg lampShift-up warning lampHandbrake warning lampRear fog light warning lampChoke warning lampCHECK ENGINE warning lampABS warning lampWarning lamp for passive seat beltsAirbag warning lamp (as from 1990)Indicating lamp for Cruise ControlWarning lamp for headlamps switched onCigarette lighterClockRoof lamp, centreRoof lamp, frontIgnition switch lightingInterior lighting switchDoor switches, interior lightingLuggage compartment lampLuggage compartment light switch3-pole connector12-pole connector2-pole connectorSingle-pole connectorWindscreen wiper stalk switchWindscreen wiper motorWasher motorHeating padEarthing point, back seatHeadlamp wiper motor6-pole connectorHorn relayCo-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warning lampSeat-belt switch - driver's sideSeat-belt switch - co-driver's sideSeat-belt warning lampTiming service instrument socketResistor for ventilation fanDistribution block, positive supply fromb.atterySwitch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.Start inhibitor switch, auto. transm.Dim dipped beam relay (up to and inc!.1989)Vacuum switchDim dipped beam resistor (up to and inc!.1989)Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayRelay for intermittent operation of thewindscreen wipersExtra fog lamps
nen
76
7778
8283
47G47H471
7980
707172737475
85
47J47K47M47N47047P47Q47S47T47U47V48495051525354555657585960616263646566676869
of com
Saab900
BatteryAlternatorEarthing point in the fasciaStarter motorIgnition coilIgnition distributorEarthing point on the radiator cross-memberLighting relayEarthing point in the luggage compartmentLight switchFull beam filamentDipped beam filamentParking lightsRear lightsNumber plate illuminationInstrument lighting rheostatExtra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlsCombined instrument lightingGlove compartment lampIgnition switchIgnition switch relayElectrical distribution boxFuse holderRelay holderFlasher relay
;. Direction indicator stalk switchHazard warning light switchTime delay relay for the radiator fanDirection indicator lamps, left-handDirection indicator lamps, right-handBrake light switchBrake lampsReversing light switchReversing lampsRear fog lightsChoke control switchSelector switch for the ventilation fanMotor for the ventilation fanRadiator fan motorRecirculation valve motor, ACTemperature switch for radiator fanHornHorn switchBrake warning switchHandbrake switch'Oil pressure transmitterCoolant temperature transmitterFuel level transmitterCombined instrumentFuel level gauge . .'\Fuel reserve warning lamp.Coolant temperature gaugeOil pressure warning lampCharging warning lampBrake warning lamp
89
1011121314151617
1234567
181920212222A22B2324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464747A47B47C47D47E47F
308 List of components·
List of components 309
88 Switch for extra fog lamps 146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system89 Side direction indicator, left-hand 148 Ashtray illumination90 Side direction indicator, right-hand 149 Main switch for ventilation fan91 Gear indicating light 150 Air distribution switch, AC92 Temperature time switch 151 Time-delay relay for the interior lighting93 Earthing point, left:-handwheel housing 152A 29-pole connector, white
member 152B 29-pole connector, red/94 Starting valve 152C 29-pole connector, black
95 Auxiliary air valve 153 Lighting for the cigarette lighter /
96 Control pressure valve 154 Lighting for heater controls97 Temperature switch I, Lambda 155 Relay for the AC radiator fan98 10-pole connector 156 Relay for the AC compressor99 Temperature switch II, Lambda 157 Spark plug
100 Diode, Lambda 158 Negative distribution terminal101 Fuel feed pump 159 Distribution terminal +15102 Fuel pump relay 160 Switch for glove compartment illumination103 Fuel pump 161 Switch for the rear fog lights104 Hot start relay 162 Switch for drivers door electric window106 Time-delay relay regulator107 Relay for extra fog lamps 163 Switch for co-driver's door electric window109 High-level brake light regulator110 Tachometer 164 Motor for left-hand front electric window113 Relay/time-delay relay for the electrically regulator
heated rear window 165 Motor for right-hand front electric window114 Float chamber valve, carburettor regulator115 Electric heater for the rear window 166 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fan116 Switch for the electrically heated rear 168 Coolant temperature switch, AC
window 169 Switch, AC117 Earthing point between ignition switch and 170 Compressor for the AC
handbrake 171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch118 Corner lights contact) for the AC119 Side reversing lights 172 Radiator fan for the AC120 Lambda test socket 173 Diode for the AC compressor121 Seat switch for the heating pad 174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)122 8-pole connector 175 Control unit for the central locking system123 4-pole connector 176 Control unit for the EZK ignition system124 Switch for the left-hand electrically oper- 177 Control unit for the APC system
ated rear-view mirror 178 Knock sensor for the APC/EZK system125 Switch for the right-hand electrically oper- 179 Solenoid valve for the APC system
ated rear-view mirror 180 Pressure transmitter for the APC system126 Motor for the left-hand electrically oper- 181 Switch for the electrically operated sunroof
ated rear-view mirror 182 Motor for the electrically operated sunroof127 Motor for the right-hand electrically oper- 183 Selector switch for central locking system,
ated rear-view mirror drivers door129 Buzzer for coolant temperature 184 Motor for the co-drivers door lock130 Coolant temperature warning switch 185 Motor for the right-hand rear door lock131 Control unit for Cruise Control 186 Motor for the left-hand rear door lock132 Speed transmitter 187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Control133 Clutch switch for Cruise Control 188 Motor for the tailgate lock134 Brake switch for Cruise Control 189 Cutout switch for the rear-door electric135 Control unit for Lambda window regUlators136 Lambda sensor 190 Switch for left-hand rear electric window138 Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual regulator
gearbox 190A Switch for left-hand rear electric window139 Timing valve, Lambda regulator140 Fuel shut-off valve, carburettor 191 Switch for right-hand rear electric window141 Selector for Cruise Control regulator142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed, 191A Switch for right-hand rear electric window
AC regulator143 Recirculation switch, AC 192 Distribution block144 Boost pressure switch, Turbo 193 Motor for left-hand rear electric window145 Test tapping, EZK regulator
Saab900
Saab900
310 I.;istofcomponents
194
196200
201202
203
204205206
207208D208P211212
214215225229233234252254
256257259
265266267268269271272
273275276277278279280
281
282
287
288289290291292293)294
Motor for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorPressure switch for LambdaControl unit for the LH/CU 14 fuel injectionsystemEarthing point on the engineEngine temperature transmitter, LH fuelinjection systemThrottle angle transmitter, LH fuel injection systemTest connector, LH fuel injection systemAir mass meter, LH fuel injection systemFuel injection valves, LH fuel injectionsystemElectrically-heated rear-view mirrorsDoor lock reed switch (driver's side)Door lock reed switch (co-driver's side)Earthing point on the gearboxSolenoid valve for raising the idling speed(auto.)Seat-belt warning lamp (ME)Dip switchReading lampMain relay for the LH fuel injection systemVacuum switch, Cruise Control/APCSide marker lightsDriver's seat heating rheostatTemperature transmitter for the driver'sseat heating padSpeed warning buzzerEarthing point on the alternator bracketRelay, reverse current protection, dimdipped beam (up to and incl. 1989)Electrically operated aerialSpeakerRadio connectorConnection for the AC in the back seatTwo-pole connectorPreheater, Lambda sensorIdling speed adjustment motor, LH fuelinjection systemMotor for the hydraulic pumpConnector for the burglar alarm sirenBurglar alarm bonnet switchRelay for raising the topRelay for lowering the topMercury switchHeadlamp beam control motor, left-hand(as from 1990)Headlamp beam control motor, right-hand(as from 1990)Headlamp beam Control switch (as from1990)Relay for automatic control of windowregUlatorsSelector for the movement detectorControl unit for the burglar alarmFuse for Convertible topABS control unitABS system relayABS pump relayABS pressure switch
295296297298A298B298C298D299300302302A303A303B304305306307D
307P
308D
308P
309310D310P
311D
311P
312D
312P
313314315
316320
321322323330331
332A
332B
333334
335
336
339345
A~9trl~~t~~'Y9JveAE3SyaIY~~I~~k';••.•.ABS hXc1rCluJiR?p~fl1pmotorWheel sensot;xlgft-T~and frontWheel sens9r,i;~igbt+hand frontWheel sensor'!rgft~bClflc:l •.. rearWheel sensor'Ji~Rt-tJClflc:l.rearABS brake fluid Igvgt§eq!)()rEarthing point onlhe:hydraulic unitABS electrical distribtitionpoxABS fuse holderABS diodeABS diodeMovement detectorLED for burglar alarmLogic box for passive seat beltsSeat-belt reel, driver's side, passive seatbeltsSeat-belt reel, co-driver's side, passiveseat beltsMotor with limit switches, passive seatbelts, driver's sideMotor with limit switches, passive seatbelts, co-driver's sideg sensor for passive seat beltsFuse for passive seat belts, driver's sideFuse for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, codriver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, codriver's sideBurglar alarm relayDriver's seat switch for the burglar alarmCo-driver's seat switch for the burglaralarmDiode for the burglar alarmIgnition coil with integrated amplifier (upto and incl. 1989)Valve for charcoal canisterConnector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpAirbag test connector (as from· 1990)Electronic control unit for the airbag (asfrom 1990)Sensor for airbag, left-hand (as from1990)Sensor for airbag, righ-hand (as from1990)Airbag (as from 1990)Earthing point for electronic control unitand airbag test connector (as from 1990)2-pole connector for the airbag (as from1990)Slip-ring contact for the airbag (as from1990)Diode for CI LambdaCrankshaft sensor
List of components 311
347 Test connector, diagnostics Co-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warning349 Radio contact box with amplifier lamp 69350 Contact box for CD player or equalizer Co-driver's seat switch for the burglar alarm 315351 13-pole connector Combined instrument 47352 Slip ring switch for horn Combined instrument lighting 18 '
I'I
//
368 Connector, cOld-starting valve, LH 2.4 Compressor for the AC 170 ..-
389 NTC resistor for LH 2.4 (as from 1990) Connection for the AC inthe back seat 268390 Modulating valve for LH 2.4 (as from Connector for the burglar alarm siren 275
1990) Connector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4 322391 Test connector for CU 14 (as from 1990) Connector, cold-starting valve, LH 2.4 368392 Pressure switch forCU 14 (as from 1990) Contact box for CD player or equalizer 350393 Temperature switch III, Lambda ,(as from Control pressure valve 96
1990) Control unit for Cruise Control 131395 Resistor for CU 14 (as from 1990) Control unit for Lambda 135396 Relay for radiator fan (as from 1990) Control unitfor the APC system 177397 Test connector for ABS diagnostics (as Control unit for the EZK ignition system 176
from 1990) Control unit for the LH/CU 14 fuel injectionsystem 200Control unit for the burglar alarm 289
Alphabetic index Control unit for the central locking system 175Coolant temperature gauge 47C
ABS brake fluid level sensor 299 Coolant temperature switch, AC 168ABS control unit 291 Coolant temperature transmitter 45ABS diode 303A Coolant temperature warning switch 130ABS diode 303B Corner lights 118ABS electrical distribution box 302 Crankshaft sensor 345ABS fuse holder 302A Cutout switch for the rear-door electricABS hydraulic pump motor 297 window regulators 189ABS master valve 295 Dim dipped beam relay (up to andABS pressure switch 294 incl. 1989) 78ABS pump relay 293 Dim dipped beam resistor (up to andABS system relay 292 incl. 1989) 80ABS valve block 296 Diode for CI Lambda 339ABS warning lamp 47Q Diode for the AC compressor 173Air distribution switch, AC 150 Diode for the burglar alarm 316Air mass meter, LH fuel injection system 205 Diode, Lambda 100Airbag (as from 1990) 333 Dip switch 215Airbag test connector (as from 1990) 330 Dipped beam filament 12Airbag warning lamp (as from 1990) 47T Direction indicator lamps, left-hand 27Alternator 2 Direction indicator lamps, right-hand 28Amplifier for the electronic ignition system 146 Direction indicator stalk switch 24Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch Distribution block 192contact) for the AC 171 Distribution block, positive supply fromAshtray illumination 148 battery 75Auxiliary air valve 95 Distribution terminal +15 159Battery 1 Door lock reed switch (co-driver's side) 208PBoost pressure switch, Turbo 144 Door lock reed switch (driver's side) 208DBrake lamps 30 Door switches, interior lighting 54Brake light switch 29 Driver's seat heating rheostat 252Brake switch for Cruise Control 134 Driver's seat switch for the burglar alarm 314Brake warning lamp 47F Earthing point between ignition switch andBrake warning switch 42 handbrake 117Burglar alarm bonnet switch 276 Earthing point for electronic control unit andBurglar alarm relay 313 airbag test connector (as from 1990) 334Buzzer for coolant temperature 129 Earthing point in the fascia 3Charging warning lamp 47E Earthing point in the luggage compartment 9CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P Earthing point on the alternator bracket 257Choke control switch 34 Earthing point on the engine 201Choke warning lamp 470 Earthing point oh the gearbox 211Cigarette lighter 48 Earthing point on the hydraulic unit 300Clock 49 Earthing point on the radiator cross-Clutch switch for Cruise Control 133 member 7
Saab900
312 I..istof components
Earthing point, back seat "65 Indicating lampforGruise Control 47UEarthing point, left-hand wheel housing Instrument lighting,rheostat 16member 93 Interior lighting sWitch 53Electric heater for the rear window 115 Knock sensor for the APC/EZK system 178Electrical distribution box 22 Lambda sensor 136Electrically operated aerial 265 Lambda test socket 120Electrically-heated rear-view mirrors 207 LED for burglar alarm 305Electronic control unit for the airbag (as Left-hand direction indicatorwarning lamp 47Hfrom 1990) 331 Light switch 10Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual Lighting for heater controls 154gearbox 138 Lighting for the cigarette lighter 153Engine temperature transmitter, LH fuel Lighting relay 8injection system 202 Logic box for passive seat belts 306Extra fog lamps 85 Luggage compartment lamp 55Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches Luggage compartment light switch 56and controls 17 Main relay for the LH fuel injection system 229Flasher relay 23 Main switch for ventilation fan 149
4Float chamber valve, carburettor 114 Mercury switch 279Fuel feed pump 101 Modulating valve for LH 2.4 (as from 1990) 390Fuel injection valves, LH fuel injection Motor for left-hand front electric windowsystem 206 regulatorFuel level gauge 47A Motor for left-hand rear electric window
4Fuel level transmitter 46 regulator 193Fuel pump 103 Motor for right-hC!nd front electric windowFuel pump relay 102 regulator 165Fuel pump with integrated feed pump 323 Motor for right-hand rear electric windowFuel reserve warning lamp 478 regulator 194
I Fuel shut-off valve, carburettor 140 Motor for the co-driver's door lock 184i Full beam filament 11 Motor for the electrically operated sunroof 182
I Full beam warning lamp 47G Motor forthe hydraulic pump 273I Fuse for Convertible top 290 Motor for the left-hand electrically operatedI" Fuse for passive seat belts, co-driver's side 310P rear-view mirror 126
Fuse for passive seat belts, driver's side 3100 Motor for the left-hand rear door lock 186Fuse holder 22A Motor for the right-hand electricallyGear indicating light 91 operated rear-view mirror 127Glove compartment lamp 19 Motor for the right-hand rear door lock 185g sensor for passive seat belts 309 Motor for the tailgate lock 188Handbrake switch 43 Motor for the ventilation fan 36Handbrake warning .lamp 47M Motor relay for passive seat belts, co-Hazard warning light switch 25 driver's side 311PHeadlamp beam control motor, left-hand Motor relay for passive seat belts, co-(as from 1990) 280 driver's side 312PHeadlamp beam control motor, right-hand Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver's(as from 1990) 281 side 3110Headlamp beam control switch Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver's(as from 1990) 282 side 3120Headlamp wiper motor 66 Motor with limit switches, passive seatHeating pad 64 belts, co-driver's side 308PHigh-level brake light 109 Motor with limit switches, passive seatHorn 40 belts, driver's side 3080Horn relay 68 Movement detector 304Hom switch 41 Negative distribution terminal 158Hot start relay 104 NTC resistor for LH 2.4" (as from 1990) 389Idling speed adjustment motor, LH fuel Number plate illumination 15injection system 272 Oil pressure transmitter 44Ignition coil 5 Oil pressure warning lamp 470Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (up to Parking lights 13and inc!. 1989) 320 Preheater, Lambda sensor 271
/
/" Ignition distributor 6 Pressure switch for CU 14 (as from 1990) 392Ignition switch 20 Pressure switch for Lambda 196Ignition switch lighting 52 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fan 166Ignition switch relay 21 Pressure transmitter for the APC system 180
Saab900
List of components 313
Radiator fan for the AC 172 Solenoidvalveforraisingtheidlingspeed,AC 142Radiator fan motor 37 Solenoid valve for the APC system 179Radio connector 267 Spark plug 157Radio contact box with amplifier 349 Speaker 266Reading lamp 225 Speed transmitter 132Rear fog light warning lamp 47N Speed warning buzzer 256Rear fog lights 33 Start inhibitor switch, auto. transm. 77Rear lights 14 Starter motor 4Rear window heater warning lamp 47J Starting valve 94Recirculation switch, AC 143 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowRecirculation valve motor, AC 38 regulator 163Relay for automatic control of window Switch for driver's door electric windowregulators 287 regulator 162Relay for daylight driving lights (CA) 174 Switch for extra fog lamps 88Relay for extra fog lamps 107 Switch for glove compartment illumination 160Relay for intermittent operation of the Switch for left-hand rear electric windowwi ndscreen wi pers 83 regulator 190Relay for lowering the top 278 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowRelay for radiator fan (as from 1990) 396 regulator 190ARelay for raising the top 277 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.Relay for the AC compressor 156 transm. 76Relay for the AC radiator fan 155 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowRelay holder 228 regulator 191Relay, reverse current protection, dim Switch for right-hand rear electric windowdipped beam (up to and incl. 1989) 259 regulator 191ARelay/time-delay relay for the electrically Switch for the electrically heated rearheated rear window 113 window 116Resistor for CU 14 (as from 1990) 395 Switch for the electrically operated sunroof 181Resistor for ventilation fan 74 Switch for the left-hand electricallyReversing lamps 32 operated rear-view mirror 124Reversing light switch 31 Switch for the rear fog lights 161Right-hand direction indicator warning lamp 471 Switch for the right-hand electricallyRoof lamp, centre 50 operated rear-view mirror 125Roof lamp, front 51 Switch, AC 169Seat belt/ignition switch warning relay 82 Tachometer 110Seat-belt reel, co-driver's side, passive seat Temperature switch I, Lambda 97belts 307P Temperature switch II, Lambda 99Seat-belt reel, driver's side, passive seat Temperature switch III, Lambdabelts 307D (as from 1990) 393Seat-belt switch - co-driver's side 71 Temperature switch for radiator fan 39Seat-belt switch - driver's side 70 Temperature time switch 92Seat-belt warning lamp 72 Temperature transmitter for the driver's seatSeat-belt warning lamp (ME) 214 heating pad 254Seat switch for the heating pad 121 Test connector for A8S diagnosticsSelector for Cruise Control 141 (as from 1990) 397Selector for the movement detector 288 Test connector for CU 14 (as from 1990) 391Selector switch for central locking system, Test connector, LH fuel injection system 204driver's door 183 Test connector, diagnostics 347Selector switch for the ventilation fan 35 Test tapping, EZK 145Sensor for airbag, left-hand (as from 1990) 332A Throttle angle transmitter, LH fuel injectionSensor for airbag, righ-hand (as from 1990) 3328 system 203Shift-up warning lamp 47K Time delay relay for the radiator fan 26Side direction indicator, left-hand 89 Time-delay relay 106Side direction indicator, right-hand 90 Time-delay relay for the interior lighting 151Side marker lights 234 Timing service instrument socket 73Side reversing lights 119 Timing valve, Lambda 139Single-pole connector 60 Two-pole connector 269Slip ring switch for horn 352 Vacuum pump for Cruise Control 187Slip-ring contact for the airbag Vacuum switch 79(as from 1990) 336 Vacuum switch, Cruise Control/APC 233Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed Valve for charcoal canister 321(auto.) 212 Warning lamp for headlamps switched on 47V
Saab900
314 L.istof components
Warning lamp for passive seat belts 475Washer motor 63Wheel sensor, left-hand front 298AWheel sensor, left-hand rear 298CWheel sensor, right-hand front 298BWheel sensor, right-hand rear 298DWindscreen wiper motor 62Windscreen wiper stalk switch 612-pole connector 592-pole connector for the airbag (as from1990) 3353-pole connector 574-pole connector 1236-pole connector 678-pole connector 12210-pole connector 9812-pole connector 5813-pole connector 35129-pole connector, black 152C29-pole connector, red 152B29-pole connector, white 152A
Saab900
e9'UUISaab Automobile AS .Trollhattan, Sweden
ci'"'"ai«~:00E.9::>«
.':, .0
'"'"(J)
@
c:'""0'";t
(J)
oS"0
'"C(t
C0
:;::::;'6Q)
£.!!lOJcw-i.......-0~C")
0ZOJC.~
-e0
®
...Printed in. Sweden, Graphic Systems AB. Gbg 1992.19832